Sei sulla pagina 1di 402

English Grade 4

Learners Material
First Edition 2015

Republic Act 8293, section 176 states that: No copyright shall subsist in any
work of the Government of the Philippines. However, prior approval of the government
agency or office wherein the work is created shall be necessary for exploitation of such
work for profit. Such agency or office may, among other things, impose as a condition
the payment of royalties.

Borrowed materials (i.e., songs, stories, poems, pictures, photos, brand


names, trademarks, etc.) included in this book are owned by their respective
copyright holders. DepEd is represented by the Filipinas Copyright Licensing Society
(FILCOLS), Inc. in seeking permission to use these materials from their respective
copyright owners. All means have been exhausted in seeking permission to use these
materials. The publisher and authors do not represent nor claim ownership over them.

Only institution and companies which have entered an agreement with


FILCOLS and only within the agreed framework may copy from this Teachers Guide.
Those who have not entered the agreement with FILCOLS must, if they wish to copy,
contact the publishers and authors directly.

Authors and publishers may email or contact FILCOLS at filcols@gmail.com or


(02) 439-2204, respectively.

Published by the Department of Education


Secretary: Br. Armin A. Luistro FSC

DEPED COPY
Undersecretary: Dina S. Ocampo, PhD

Consultants and Editors:


Development Team of the Learners Material

Felicitas Pado, PhD


Nemah Hermosa, PhD
Ofelia Flojo, PhD
Perla Cuanzon, PhD
Rosalina J. Villaneza, PhD
Authors:
Grace U. Rabelas Gretel Laura M. Cadiong Jennalyn S. Datuin
Victoria D. Mangaser Valeria Fides G. Corteza Evelyn F. Importante
Lilibeth A. Magtang Ma. Rita Teresa V. Riosa Mary Jane T. Ganggangan
Rose Ann B. Pamintuan Rosalina B. Mejorada Michelle L. Mercado

Graphic Artist: Mr. Reynaldo A. Simple and Jason O. Villanueva


Layout Artists:
Camille Francesca Mondejar Ezekiel Quijano
Cheradee B. Lumitap Matthew Daniel V. Leysa
Jerby S. Mariano

Printed in the Phillipines by Vibal Group, Inc.


Department of Education-Instructional Materials Council Secretariat (DepEd-IMCS)
Office Address: 5th Floor Mabini Building, DepEd Complex
Meralco Avenue, Pasig City
Philippines 1600
Telefax: (02) 634-1054 or 634-1072
E-mail Address: imcsetd@yahoo.com

ii

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Quarter I

Me and My World

DEPED COPY

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Week 1 - Special People, Special Days

Think and Tell

Look at the people in the drawing.

How are they similar?


How are they different?
Are you like them? In what ways are you like them?
In what ways are you different from them?

DEPED COPY
Tell us something about yourself.

. Find Out and Learn

Read the paragraph and look for the words with the long a sound.

When the sun came, Kabunian got some clay. He made a


man. He wanted the man to take care of the earth. But the men
Kabunian made were not the same. One was black, another
was white, and the last one was brown.

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Compare how the following words are pronounced:

mat + e = mate man + e = mane cap + e = cape


hat + e = hate pan + e = pane nap + e = nape
rat + e = rate tap + e = tape

What is the sound of a when letter e is added at the end of the word?

Read the following words:

date game bake cane age ape male


gate lame cake lane cage cape pale
late name lake pane page nape sale
mate same make vane wage tape tale

DEPED COPY
Try and Learn

Exercise 1

Read the sentences. Answer the questions.

1. Jake takes the ape to the lake.


Where does Jake take the ape?

2. Kate bakes a cake.


What does Kate bake?

3. Rene is late for his game.


Who is late for the game?

4. The lame man has a cane.


What does the lame man have?

5. The cape is on sale.


What is on sale?

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Exercise 2

Write the word for each illustration to complete the short story below.
Rewrite the story in your notebook. Read the story then answer the
questions that follow.

Jake has a ______ . He put the _______

on the _____ . An _____ took the

DEPED COPY
_____ . The _____ put the ____

on the window _____ .

1. Who has a rake?

2. Where did he put the rake?

3. Who took the rake?

4. Where did the ape put the rake?

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Do and Learn

Read the poem with correct intonation and expression.


Pronounce correctly the words with long a.

Ice Cream Cakes


Collete Hiller

Ice cream cake, ice cream cake

I could eat it all day from the minute I wake

I wouldnt miss peas or carrots or grapes

If I could eat loads of ice cream cake.

DEPED COPY Ice cream cake, ice cream cake

I could eat it all day, plate after plate

I wouldnt miss apples or tuna paste

If I could eat loads of ice cream cake.

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Learn Some More

Read the riddles and complete the puzzle.

DEPED COPY
Across:

2. People cross the road through me. I am called the


pedestrian ___________.
4. I cannot walk easily as others. I need my cane wherever I
go.
6. I am neither an ocean or a sea. I am a small body of
water surrounded by land, though a river I could never be.
7. It looks like a monkey for it belongs to the same family.
What could it be?
Down:
1. You put a candle on me. You slice and eat me. I am a sweet
treat on your birthday.
3. I rhyme with lane. I am a window _________.
5. Know me: call me, for this is how I am.

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Read and Learn

What do you usually have when you celebrate your birthday?


Do you also have a cake?
How did Kate get a cake for her birthday? Find out as you read the
story.

A Cake for Kate


Gretel Laura M. Cadiong

Kate was turning ten. But she was


not happy. Birthdays were ordinary
days for her. She never had a birthday
party. She never had a cake on her birthday.
But she wished she could have one.
After school, she would stand near the
gate to sell rice cakes that her mother made.
One late afternoon, Kate saw a big box on one of the

DEPED COPY
benches. She picked it up and opened it. There were glasses,
spoons, and forks. There were also boxes of wrist watches, a
bag of marbles, chocolates, combs, and some dresses. She
closed the big box. She brought it to the principals office.
The next day, Mr. Basa, the school principal and a lady
came to Kates class. The lady was Mrs. Salas, the owner
of the box. Mr. Basa looked for Kate and he told Mrs. Salas
how Kate found the big box. Mrs. Salas thanked Kate.
I just arrived from Cebu and the things inside the box are
my pasalubong for my family, she said. I was in your school
because I had to fetch my nephew. Then, I forgot that box,
she added.
Sunday came. It was Kates birthday. After attending mass,
Kate and her mother went home. They were surprised to see
Mrs. Salas waiting for them.
Happy birthday, Kate, Mrs. Salas said. I brought you a
gift. I asked your teacher about you and I am happy to know
that you are not only a helpful daughter but an honest girl,
too. She gave Kate a red box tied with a ribbon. Kate opened
the box. What a surprise! It was a cake for her birthday!

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Talk about It

Answer the following questions.


1. What did Kate sell after her classes?
2. Why do you think did Kate sell rice cakes?
3. What did Kate see one afternoon?
4. What did she do with the box?
5. If you were Kate, what would you do with the box?
6. How did Mrs.Salas thank Kate for returning her box of
pasalubong?
7. How do you think did Mrs. Salas learn about Kates birth-
day?

DEPED COPY Write about It

Write at least two short sentences about the following persons.

a. Kate
1. ________________________________________
2. ________________________________________

b. Mrs. Salas
1 .________________________________________
2. ________________________________________

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Find Out and Learn

Let us name the objects that Kate saw in the pasalubong box.
Write the name of each picture on your paper.
A B

DEPED COPY

1. What do you call the words you wrote?


2. Do they show more than one noun?
3. What do you call a noun which is more than one?
4. What letter or letters are added to the noun to mean more
than one?
5. How do the nouns in column A form their plural?
6. How do the nouns in column B form their plural?

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Here are more examples. Read them.

trees potatoes benches


boys tomatoes boxes
umbrellas mangoes classes

Remember


Nouns which are more than one are called plural nouns.

Nouns that form their plural by adding -s or -es are called
regular nouns.
Examples:
egg eggs
table tables
pen pens

DEPED COPY

Nouns ending in -ss, -sh, -ch, -x, and -z form their plural by
adding -es.
Examples:
class classes
church churches
wish wishes
box boxes

Some nouns ending in -o form their plural by adding -es.



Examples:
tomato tomatoes
potato potatoes

However, most nouns that end in -o form their plural by


adding -s only.
Examples:
radio radios
piano pianos

10

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Try and Learn

Excercise 1

Write the words for the following images.

1. __________ 6. ____________

2. ___________ 7. __________

DEPED COPY
3. __________ 8. ___________

4. __________ 9. ___________

5. __________10. __________

11

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Exercise 2
Complete the sentence with the correct form of the noun. The
pictures will help you.

1. Mother needs ____________ for our


unused clothes.

2. The ______________ are in school.

3. We made _____________ in class.

4. During the Holy Week, our family visited different

DEPED COPY _______________.

5. The boys brought their __________ to the


camp.

6. There were two ___________ on the stage.

7. Helen has ___________ on her hair.

8. The _____________ are in the field.

12

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Week 2 - Caring Ways

Think and Tell

Look at the poster. Can you tell the class something about it?

DEPED COPY MILLIONS

Use the following statements to guide you in saying something


about the poster.

This poster is about


_____________________________________________.
It tells us that
_____________________________________________.
This poster will make the people
_____________________________________________.

13

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Find Out and Learn

Read the following sentences. Take note how the underlined


words are read.

1. Androcles saw a lion with a bleeding wound.


2. The king freed Androcles.
3. The lion got near its victim.
4. He would feed the lion with some meat.
5. The lion was lying on some dried leaves.

DEPED COPY
How are the underlined words pronounced?
Notice how we group the underlined words.

Words with -ee Words with -ea


feed meat
freed near
bleeding leaves

What is the common vowel sound in the words?


How is it pronounced? What letters produce the long e?
Read more words with long e.

eagle neat feed peel deer


east meat seed feel feet
ear leaf reed heel seat
seal bead weed reel heat

14

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Try and Learn

Exercise 1

Read the phrases.

feel the heat the seed of a weed


hear the beat the heels of the feet
feed the eagle a neat seat

Exercise 2

Read the sentences and answer the questions.

DEPED COPY
1. The seal feeds on meat.
What does a seal feed on?

2. Theres a seed on the seat.


What is on the seat?

3. I hear the beat of the drum from the east.


Where does the beat of the drum come from?

4. The leaves are green.


What is the color of the leaves?

5. The eagles fly to the east.


What flies to the east?

15

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Exercise 3. Word Search Puzzle

Find words with long e sound in this puzzle. Write the words on
your paper.

m s b e a d

b e e f b e

s e a t d e

g b k t f r

g r e e n c

m e a t y w

DEPED COPY Do and Learn

Read the short story and answer the questions that follow.

Teddy is an eagle. He loves to fly to the east. One day, he


found a green bead on a leaf. The eagle thought the bead was a
seed. So he ate the bead. Teddy did not like the bead. He could
feel the hard bead. Meat is better, he said. I will fly to the east
to look for some meat.

1. What is Teddy?
2. What did Teddy find?
3. What did he do with the green bead?
4. Why did he not like the green bead?
5. Why did Teddy fly to the east?
6. If you had a pet eagle, what would you feed it? Why?

16

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Learn Some More

Whats the Word?


Figure out the words using the clues provided.

1. The 1st letter is the 19th letter of the alphabet. The


next two letters are twins that follow the 4th letter of
the alphabet. The last letter is the beginning letter of
the word did. Whats the word?
Clue: A new plant can grow from this.

2. Write the 12th letter followed by the 5th letter of the


alphabet. The 3rd letter is the 1st letter of the alphabet.
The last letter is also the last letter of the word beef.
Clue: This is the green part of the plant.

DEPED COPY
3. Write the letter that follows the letter o. The 2nd and
the 3rd letter is similar to the 2nd and 3rd letter of the
word meat. Whats the word?
Clue: This is a small, round, green seed.

4. Start with the 2nd and 3rd letters of peas. Next, write
the 7th letter of the alphabet. Then, follow the 12th
letter and end it with the 5th letter. Whats the word?
Clue: This is a flying bird.

5. The 1st letter is the sound that snakes make. The 2nd
letter follows letter D. The 3rd letter is the beginning
letter of ape. The last letter is also the last letter of
bell. Whats the word?
Clue: This is a sea mammal with big flippers.

17

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Read and Learn

How did the big man help the little girl? Find out in the story.

Big Feet Bigger Heart


(Adapted from Chicken Soup for the Soul)
by Jack Canfield and Mark Hansen

It was a very hot day. Everybody


was looking for some kind of relief,
so an ice cream store was a natural
place to stop.

A little girl, holding her money tightly,


entered the store. But before she could
buy the ice cream, the store clerk told

DEPED COPY
her to go outside and read the sign
on the door. Stay out until you put on some shoes, he said.
The little girl went out slowly, and a big man followed her out of
the store.
He watched as the little girl stood in front of the store and
read the sign: No Bare Feet. Tears started rolling down her
cheeks as she walked away from the store. Just then the big
man called her. He was sitting on a bench while he took off his
size-12 shoes and put them in front of the girl. Here, he said,
You wont be able to walk in these but if you can slide along,
you can get your ice cream.
Then he lifted the girl up and set her feet into the shoes.
Take your time, he said. I get tired of moving them around
and it will feel good to just sit here and eat my ice cream. The
girls eyes lit up. She immediately went to the counter and
ordered her ice cream.

He was a big man, all right. Big belly, big shoes, but most
of all, he had a big heart.

18

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Talk about It

1. Why did the little girl want an ice cream?


2. Where did she go to buy the ice cream?
3. Did the girl have a lot of money? How do you know?
4. Why did the store clerk send the little girl outside?
5. How did the big man help the little girl?
6. Who is referred to in the title Big Feet Bigger Heart? Why
is he called such?
7. Where could this story have happened? Could this incident
happen in our country? Why?

DEPED COPY Write about It

Imagine the place where the little girl bought the ice cream. Would
you like to visit the place, too? Write at least two sentences about
the place.

1. _________________________________________________
________________________________________________.

2. ________________________________________________
________________________________________________.

19

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Find Out and Learn

Read and act out the dialog.


Mother: Vicky, please help me prepare the things we will bring
to the picnic.
Vicky: Of course, Mother! What will I do?
Mother: Put some spoons and forks and two knives in that
basket. Make sure to put plates and table napkins,
too.
Vicky: Should I also put some glasses, Mother?
Mother: Yes, please. There are loaves of bread on the
table. Please put them in the basket, too. Ill put the
mangoes and strawberries in another basket.
Vicky: Could we bring some candies, Mother? Im sure
Susie and Tom will like them.
Mother: Not too many, Vicky. Children should eat fruits more
than candies.

DEPED COPY
Vicky: Okay, Mother. Everything is ready for the picnic.

What are the things that Vicky and Mother prepared for the picnic?
Are these nouns singular or plural? How are plural nouns formed?

Study this chart.


A B
Singular Noun Plural Noun Singular Noun Plural Noun
spoon spoons knife knives
plate plates glass glasses
fork forks strawberry strawberries

How do the nouns in Group A form their plural?


How do the nouns in Group B form their plural?
In the word knife,what do we do with the letters f/fe before adding
-es?
In the word strawberry, what do we do to the letter y before adding
-es?
What other rules can you give when forming the plural of nouns?
20

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Remember

Here are some more rules to remember when forming


the plural of regular nouns:
Some nouns ending in -f/fe form their plural by changing f to

v before adding -es.
Examples:
leaf leaves life lives
elf elves wife wives
hoof hooves

Exceptions:
handkerchief handkerchiefs

DEPED COPY roof roofs

Some nouns that end in -y form their plural by changing y



to i before adding -es.
Examples:
candy candies
sky skies
berry berries


However, when the letter before -y is a vowel, just add s.
Examples:
boy boys
key keys
tray trays

21

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Try and Learn

Exercise 1

Write in your notebook the correct form of the plural nouns in the
following sentences.
1. Mother bought some (blackberrys, blackberries) at the
market.
2. She baked some (loafs, loaves) of blackberry bread.
3. We divided the bread into (halfs, halves).
4. Eric, my brother, wont eat them because someone told him
that blackberry bread is for (fairys, fairies) only.

Exercise 2

DEPED COPY
In the story below, the nouns in parentheses are in their singular
form. Use the plural form of each noun in parentheses. Rewrite the
story in your notebook.
Ina loves to write (story). She writes about (fairy) and (elf).
She wrote a story about a boy who ate (loaf) of bread because
he wanted to grow big and touch the sky. She also wrote a story
about a girl who got lost in the forest while picking some wild
(berry). But what she loves most is her story about two (lady)
who quarreled because of their (baby). There is a good lesson
to be learned in this story.

Do and Learn

Write a sentence using the plural form of the following nouns:


1. key 5. trolley
2. wolf 6. handkerchief
3. calf 7. half
4. strawberry 8. roof

22

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Week 3 - The World in My Eyes

Think and Tell

What places in the world would you like to visit? Complete the
sentence that follows.

DEPED COPY
I want to visit __________________ because ______________
__________________________________________________.

Find Out and Learn

Read the paragraph. Note how the underlined words are


pronounced.

Mike and Spike are mice. They wanted to go on a trip.


They had to find time to make money. They picked ripe
limes and made wine. They made money to buy a bike.
They biked miles and miles and had a nice time.

What is the common sound of the underlined words?

23

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Compare how the following words are pronounced:

rid + e = ride pip + e = pipe


kit + e = kite bit + e = bite

What is the sound of i when letter e is added at the end of a word?


What is the sound of the long vowel i?

Read the words.

dine fine dike five bike ride


mice hide line nice bite side
wide time ripe nine kite tide

Try and Learn

DEPED COPY
Exercise 1
Read the phrases.
five nice mice dine with wine a nice ride
a wide dike ride a bike side by side
time to dine fly nine kites hide the dice

Exercise 2
Read the sentences. Answer the questions after each sentence.

1. The five nice mice will ride a bike.


Who will ride a bike?
2. Its time to dine after five.
When is the time to dine?
3. We will fly nine kites in the countryside.
What will we do in the countryside?
4. We saw a wide dike.
What did we see?
5. Mike had a nice ride.
Who had a nice ride?
24

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Exercise 3
Complete the story with words having long i. Some pictures in the
box will help you.

Last summer, my family went camping. There were


______ of us. The place was beautiful. It was near a
_________. We saw wild flowers. We also saw some bees
in a ________. At night time, we made a ______. During
the day we flew a big ________. We also rode a ________.

5
We had a nice _______ together.

DEPED COPY Do and Learn

Read the following story. Answer the questions that follow.

Mike has a kite and a bike. He rides on his bike to the


dike. He flies his kite by the dike. One day, the kite fell in the
dike. Mike was sad. He had no more kite.

1. Who had a kite?


2. Where does Mike fly his kite?
3. How does Mike go to the dike?
4. What happened to the kite?
5. If you had a kite, would you fly it by the dike? Why?

25

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Learn Some More

Tell a story about the picture.


Write at least three sentences about it.
Use the words below to make your sentences.
Be ready to share your story with the class.

bike
kite
hike
dike
line of pine trees

DEPED COPY

26

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Read and Learn

What do children all over the world do? Find out in the poem.

We Are One World


Meish Goldish

Pierre lives in Canada,


Marla lives in Spain.
But both like to ride their bikes
Along the shady lane.

Liv lives in Norway,


Ramon is in Peru.
But both laugh with the giraffe

DEPED COPY When visiting the zoo.

Anwar is Egyptian,
Kim is Japanese.
But both run beneath the sun
And fly kites in the breeze.

Jack is from the U.S.A.,


Karintha is from Chad.
But both can write a poem at night
Upon a writing pad.

Children live all over,


The worlds a giant ball.
But far and near, its very clear
Were one world after all.

27

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Talk about It

1. In what ways are the children all over the world alike?
2. In what ways are they different?
3. Would you like to have a friend from another country? Why?
4. What would you tell your friend about your country?
5. What would you ask your friend about his/her country?

Write about It

Write a letter to your friend. Tell him/her things you love


doing as a Filipino. Ask your friend about what children in their
country love doing.

DEPED COPY Find Out and Learn

Read the short poem.

Help!
Gretel Laura M. Cadiong

I wonder why English words are not fixed


If root is roots then why is foot, feet?
I have one tooth but when many they are teeth,
Please answer me for I cannot wait.

House becomes houses but mouse is mice,


Blouse to blouses but louse is lice,
A boy or a girl is a child but both are children
Add one more man and it will become men.
Are these words true?
Help me, please do.

28

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Remember

Nouns that form their plural by changing their spelling are called
irregular nouns.
Some nouns form their plural by changing their spelling.
Examples:
goose geese
man men
child children
Some irregular nouns have the same singular and plural form.
Examples:
deer

DEPED COPY sheep


news

Try and Learn

Complete each sentence with the correct plural noun.

1. Father caught three (mouse) ____ in the rice field.


2. One mouse had long (tooth) ______ that stuck out from its
mouth.
3. Another mouse had very long (foot) ___________.
4. When the (child) _______ saw the three (mouse) _______,
they felt afraid.
5. Louna said they might bite her (foot) _____________.

29

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Do and Learn

With a partner, change the nouns inside the parentheses into plural
forms. Present the dialog to the class.

Pupil A: Hello, _____________. I heard some great


(news) today.
Pupil B: Oh, and what is the (news)?
Pupil A: There were three (deer) caught by some (man) in
the forest.
Pupil B: What happened to the (deer)?
Pupil A: Some scientists will study them. The news said,

DEPED COPY the (deer) have extraordinary long (foot), long


shiny antlers and sets of long, pointed (tooth).
They are rare kind of (deer).
Pupil B: Oh, its really great news. I wish they would bring
them to a zoo so many (child) can see them.

30

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Week 4 - Dreams and Wishes

Think and Tell

Draw your work tower. Write your


wishes and dreams in your tower.
Share it with your classmates.

What do you wish for yourself?


What do you wish for your family?

DEPED COPY
Try and Learn

Arrange the events as they happened in the story Tower to the


Moon that your teacher read.
____The king sent for the best carpenter in the kingdom.
____The king climbed higher and higher until he came to the
top of the tower.
____The king commanded that every box in the kingdom be
brought to the carpenter.
____The carpenter and his helpers drew lines on big sheets
of paper. They hammered and measured.
____The carpenter yelled at the king that there were no more
boxes anywhere.
____The carpenter and his helpers walked to the tower and
pulled out the bottom box.

31

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Remember

The sequence is the order in which events take place.


Understanding the sequence of events can help you know what
is happening and why it happens.

Do and Learn

Write 1-5 to sequence the events as they happened in the story In


a Minute.

_______ Mother told Juana to close the door of the room. Juana
said, In a minute.

DEPED COPY
_______ Mother asked Juana to get a glass of water. She said,
In a minute, Mother.
_______ Juana saw the feathers scattered all around the room.
_______ The cat entered the room and saw Juanas pet parrot.
_______ Juana cried and cried. She no longer said In a minute.

Find Out and Learn

Read the paragraph. Pay attention to the words in boldface.


Pronounce them the way your teacher did when he/she read the
story.

The king sits on a high throne. He wants to go to the moon.


So he commands a carpenter and his men to build a tower for
him. They think of a way to build a tower. They post a notice
to gather all the boxes in the kingdom. The carpenter and his
men know that the boxes will not be enough to build a tower.

32

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Where does the king sit?
What does he want to do?
What do they post to gather all the boxes?
Could they build a tower with the boxes? Why? Why not?

Try and Learn

Exercise 1

Read other words with long o.

go code bone rope throne


so rode cone stove notice

Exercise 2

DEPED COPY
Read the phrases.

the dogs bone


an ice cream cone
use the code
rode to a cove
poke with a pole

Exercise 3
Read the sentences.

I gave my dog a bone.


Dont drop the ice cream cone.
Use the code to open the door.
We rode to the cove. It was fun!
Poke him with a pole, so he can move.

33

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Exercise 4
Read the rhyme.

Whos Afraid?
Grace U. Rabelas

One day I heard a different tone


It woke me up
It chilled me to the bone
What could it be? I spoke alone.
Will I open
Or close tightly my door?
After a while I heard it no more
Well, I hope its just Rome
With a brand new joke
Every time he comes home.

Recite the rhyme in unison, by groups, or individually.

DEPED COPY
Do a choral recitation of the poem afterwards.

Do and Learn

Fill in each blank with the correct word to complete the rhymes.

joke open code rope

Tie a ______.
To ______ the door.
Or try the _______.
Its not a _________.

alone bone cone home


Give the dog a ______.
Eat the ice cream _______.
Clean your room _________.
And be happy to be ________.
34

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Read and Learn

Read the poem.


Cooking in the Kitchen
When youre cooking Have a hot pad handy
in the kitchen, And a grown-up standing by
Youre learning all the while So you wont hurt yourself
To pour and measure, When using the stove or baking
mix and stir a pie.
And sift flour into a pile.

Wash your hands Besides the fun and learning,


before you start Theres always cleaning up
Then gather up the gear - to do,
Like pots and pans and And even though its quite

DEPED COPY
measuring cups
That you use throughout
the year.
Go over the recipe,
a chore,
Its part of cooking, too.

But after all the work is done,


step-by-step, It will soon be time for dinner.
So youll know just what to do. And when someone asks
By carefully following for seconds,
the directions, Youll know youve cooked
It wont be hard for you. a winner!

http://www.canteach.ca/elementary/songspoems77.html

1. List down three reminders when cooking


a.____________________________
b.____________________________
c.____________________________
2. What other reminders can you add to the list?
a.____________________________
b.____________________________
c.____________________________
35

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Think and Tell

Say something about each picture.

Try and Learn

Arrange the set of activities as mentioned in the poem.

DEPED COPY
Clean up.

Go over Serve
the recipe the dinner.
step-by-step.

Wash
Prepare the pots,
your hands. pans, and other
needed materials.

36

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Do and Learn

A. Arrange the steps in baking a cake.

1. Put the mixture in the oven.


2. Mix all the ingredients.
3. Let the cake cool down.
4. Put some icing or frosting on the cake.

B. Number the sentences in the order a sandwich is made.


Susan made a peanut butter and jelly sandwich.
_____ Finally, she ate it.
_____ Next, she spread jelly on another slice of bread.
_____ After spreading the jelly, she put the two slices of

DEPED COPY
bread together.
_____ First, she spread peanut butter on one slice of bread.

Learn Some More

What are the steps in cooking scrambled eggs? Complete the


process by supplying the missing steps.

1. Break one or two eggs in a bowl and add a pinch of salt.


2. ___________________________________
3. Heat a little oil in the pan.
4. ___________________________________

37

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Find Out and Learn

Read the paragraph.

Gabbie helped her mother bake their favorite cake.


First, they prepared the baking tin, spoon, bowl, and other
utensils. Then, they gathered all the ingredients for the cake
like flour, sugar, butter, milk, chocolate, and some eggs. After
everything was ready, they mixed all the ingredients in the
bowl. Next, Mother poured the mixture in the baking tin. Then,
she placed it inside the oven. After an hour, the cake was
ready. Gabbie added some icing and fruits on top of the cake.
Everybody enjoyed Gabbies special chocolate cake.

Answer the questions.

DEPED COPY
1.
2.
3.
4.
What did Gabbie and her mother bake?
What did they prepare before baking the cake?
What ingredients were used to bake the cake?
What did Gabbie add on top of the cake?
5. Why do you think everybody enjoyed the cake?
6. Which nouns can be counted? Which nouns cannot be
counted?

Remember

Count nouns are nouns which can be counted as one or more.


Mass nouns are nouns which cannot be counted. Generally,
they cannot be pluralized.

38

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Try and Learn

Read the poem. Identify the count nouns and mass nouns.

I Love the Market


Grace U. Rabelas

Today I will visit the old market


Buy some goods and fill my basket
Tomatoes, potatoes, and a kilo of meat
For the soup and stew that I love to eat.

I would care for some apples and bananas, too,


Peanuts, rice, and corn, a kilo of them will do
Then a bottle of vinegar and a jar of spices.

DEPED COPY Cabbage, lettuce, vegetables of all sorts and sizes.

If there will be coins left in my pocket,


I will buy my favorite box of chocolate.
Going to the market I simply love to do.
I think youll love doing it, too.

Learn Some More

Your mother sent you to the market/grocery store. With a partner,


prepare a list of things you are going to buy.
Market List
_____________ ______________
_____________ ______________
_____________ ______________
_____________ ______________
_____________ ______________

39

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Do and Learn

Listen as the teacher says the steps and shows you how to prepare
fruit salad.
First, wash the fruits.
Next, peel the fruits.
Then, slice the fruits into small cubes or pieces.
Then, mix the fruits together with milk or cream.
Lastly, share the salad with everyone.

Remember

DEPED COPY
The words first, next, then, and lastly are called signal
words. Signal words introduce the steps in a process or a
sequence of events.

Write about It

Here are three tasks for you. Write the directions for each task.
A. Write directions for crossing the street.
B. Write directions for brushing ones teeth.
C. Write directions for cooking rice.
First, ______________________________
Next, ______________________________
Then, ______________________________
Finally, _____________________________

40

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Week 5 - Giving Care, Getting Wise

Think and Tell

What do you notice about the girl in the picture? How do you know
that the girl is sick? Have you ever been sick? What made you feel
better when you were sick?
Listen to your teacher as he/she reads the story Haluhalo Espesyal.

DEPED COPY A. B.

C. D.

E. F.

Which of the six events happened first?


What happened second? What happened last?
41

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Try and Learn

A. Recall how Lola Itang prepared the haluhalo. Arrange the steps
in preparing the haluhalo.

. Pour the milk. Add a Mix everything using a


spoonful of ube and a long spoon.
slice of leche flan.

Fill half of the tall glass Add sugar, and then fill
with the following the remaining half of the
sweets: beans, banana, glass with shaved ice.
nata de coco, gulaman,
and jackfruit.

DEPED COPY
B.Listen to your teacher as he/she reads another short story. Arrange
the pictures of the events as they happened in the story.

A. B.

C. D.

42

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Find Out and Learn

This is Lola Itangs special haluhalo. Name the ingredients of Lola


Itangs haluhalo and classify them as count nouns or mass nouns.

Count Nouns Mass Nouns

DEPED COPY
Read and Learn

Read the paragraph.

Lola Itang is busy in the kitchen. She is busy preparing


Jackies favorite treats. She has just finished baking the rice
cakes. Lola Itangs rice cakes have a sprinkling of coconut
shreds. They have slices of cheese on them. Then, she
cooked a pot of champorado. While cooking champorado,
she took out from the oven the ensaymada that she also
baked. She spread a teaspoon of butter and a spoonful of
sugar on the ensaymada.
Lola Itang has the best haluhalo. She mixes all sorts
of nice things in her glasses of haluhalo. She puts slices
of nata de coco, spoonfuls of ube jam, and slices of leche
flan. Then she adds a half cup of milk and shaved ice. The
haluhalo looks delightful with its swirl of colors.

43

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
What is placed on top of Lola Itangs rice cakes?
What else are placed on the rice cake?
What did Lola Itang cook?
What did she spread on the ensaymada?
What food did Lola Itang prepare?
What ingredients did she put in the haluhalo?
What made the haluhalo look delightful?

Try and Learn

Read the phrases.

sprinkling of shredded coconut


slices of cheese
a pot of champorado
a dab of butter
a spoonful of sugar

DEPED COPY
glasses of haluhalo
bits of nata de coco
slices of leche flan
spoonful of ube jam
a half cup of milk
shavings of ice
a swirl of colors

Remember

Quantifiers or counters are expressions of quantity. We


use quantifiers to tell us how much or how little the mass nouns
are. Some quantifiers are much, many, lots of, a little of, a bit
of, a piece of, a glass of, a kilo of, or a pound of.

44

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Do and Learn

Whats in the Refrigerator?

A. List down the food items inside the refrigerator. Use


quantifiers for the mass nouns.

DEPED COPY
B. Complete the lines of the poem with the appropriate counter or
quantifier. Choose the quantifier from the box.
Today I will bake my favorite pie.
A treat for mother and my Aunt Sie.
First, I will sift a _______ of flour.
Add a ______ of yeast. Mix and leave the dough for an hour.
Later, I will put two ______ of sugar.
A ______ of milk, Ill be sure its not vinegar.
A couple of eggs would add some flavor.
A ________ of vanilla and honey would do me a favor,
Of making my pie the best that they could savor.

spoonful cup kilo teaspoon can

45

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Learn Some More

Choose the correct counter/quantifier for the mass nouns from the
box to complete the phrases.

handful box cup


bottle bowl jar
plateful basket

1. A _______ of chocolates

2. A _______ of peanuts

DEPED COPY
3. A ________of grapes

4. A ________ of fries

5. A ________ of water

6. A ________ of soup

7. A ________ of coffee

46

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Find Out and Learn

Read the words.

pure sugar
sure cure

What is the common sound in these words?

Read other words with the long u sound.

cube fuse excuse cute huge


use amuse muse tube tune

DEPED COPY
Exercise 1
Try and Learn

Read aloud the following sentences.

1. Sugar is sweet. What do you use sugar for?


2. A bus is huge. Name other things which are huge.
3. I feel good when I hear my favorite tune on the radio.
Do you have a favorite tune? What is your favorite tune?
4. I want a cube of ice in my glass of water.
5. I will use a long spoon for the haluhalo.
6. Father needs to change the fuse so he can turn on the
lights.
7. The children were amused by the clowns magic tricks.
8. I will be absent from class. So, I wrote an excuse letter.
9. The pretty girl was chosen to be the muse of the class.
10. Hello Kitty looks cute.

47

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Exercise 2

Read the phrases.

tune of the piano


pure sugar
the huge cube
excuse letter
clean utensils

Exercise 3
Read the sentences.
The tune of the piano makes me sad.
Pure sugar is really sweet.
The huge cube fell from the roof.
The teacher signed the excuse letter.

DEPED COPY
We use clean utensils.

Exercise 4
Read the rhymes.
1. Huge Uncle Luke looks like a real duke.
Yesterday he was in the news.
For the old pipe he blew
Played a tune no one knew.

2. The cute little muse ate a cube of sugar


And drank a tube of pure juice.
She thought its a sure cure
For the fume that made her mute.

48

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Read and Learn

The Milkmaid

Mutya, the Milkmaid, was going to the market carrying a


huge pail of pure milk on her head. She hummed a happy
tune while walking. As she went along, she began thinking
of what she would do with the money she would get for the
milk. Ill buy some chicken from Mang Tomas, said she,
and they will lay eggs each morning, then I will sell the
eggs to the mayors wife. With the money that I will get from
the sale of the eggs, Im sure I can buy myself a cute dress
and a hat; and when I go to the market I would be a muse.
Wont all the young men come up and speak to me! Ana will

DEPED COPY
be that jealous, but I dont care. I shall just look at her and
toss my head like this. As she spoke, she tossed her head
back, the pail fell down, and all the milk was spilled. She
had to go home and tell her mother what happened.

Talk about It

1. What did Mutya plan to buy with her money?


2. When did she stop thinking about her plans?
3. How did she feel about the spilt milk?
4. How do you think her mother feel?
5. What advice do you think did her mother give her?
6. If you were Mutya, what would you do?
7. How can Mutya realize her plans?
8. How can you realize your own plans?

49

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Do and Learn

Using the events in the story, write or draw in each box to show the
story sequence.

Storyboard

In the beginning And then

Suddenly And then

And then In the end

DEPED COPY
Remember

Graphic organizers are charts or visuals which are used


to represent what we think of. They can help us understand
what we read. In sequencing events, we use organizers like
the storyboard, flow chart, story train, chain of events chart, and
sequence chart.

50

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Learn Some More

Arrange the events to form a story. Write each event in the appropriate
box in the chart. Be guided by the signal words.

Story A

Pepito saw an old woman who was having a hard time


crossing the street.
He approached the old woman and offered help, and the
latter gladly accepted the offer.
When the two reached the other side of the street, the old
woman gave Pepito a big seed. It was her way of thanking
him.

DEPED COPY When Pepito got home, he planted the big seed. The next
morning he found a money tree in the place where he had
put the seed!

51

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Story B

One evening, Rhodora went to sleep without fixing her school


things. While she was sleeping, she was interrupted by some
noises.
Those were her school things the bag, books, notebooks,
pens, and papers. They all came alive!
Her school things were mad at her for not fixing them.
Rhodora asked forgiveness from her school things and
promised to take care of them. Suddenly, she opened her
eyes realizing everything was just a dream.

Rhodora went to sleep without fixing her school things.

DEPED COPY Then,

Next,

And then, she asked forgiveness and promised to take


care of her school things.

Finally,

52

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Story C
Retell the story by sequencing the events in the chain of events
organizer.

The Bundle of Sticks


(Aesop)
An old man who was about to die called his sons to give
them some parting advice. He ordered his servants to bring
in a bundle of sticks, and he told his eldest son, Break it.

The son strained and strained, but with all his efforts, he
was unable to break the bundle. The other sons also tried,
but no one of them was successful.

Untie the sticks, said the father, and each of you take
a stick.

DEPED COPY When they had done so, he called out to them:

Now, break, and each stick was easily broken. Do you


see what I mean? asked their father.

53

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
English Grade 4
Learners Material
First Edition 2015

Republic Act 8293, section 176 states that: No copyright shall subsist in any
work of the Government of the Philippines. However, prior approval of the government
agency or office wherein the work is created shall be necessary for exploitation of such
work for profit. Such agency or office may, among other things, impose as a condition
the payment of royalties.

Borrowed materials (i.e., songs, stories, poems, pictures, photos, brand


names, trademarks, etc.) included in this book are owned by their respective
copyright holders. DepEd is represented by the Filipinas Copyright Licensing Society
(FILCOLS), Inc. in seeking permission to use these materials from their respective
copyright owners. All means have been exhausted in seeking permission to use these
materials. The publisher and authors do not represent nor claim ownership over them.

Only institution and companies which have entered an agreement with


FILCOLS and only within the agreed framework may copy from this Teachers Guide.
Those who have not entered the agreement with FILCOLS must, if they wish to copy,
contact the publishers and authors directly.

Authors and publishers may email or contact FILCOLS at filcols@gmail.com or


(02) 439-2204, respectively.

Published by the Department of Education


Secretary: Br. Armin A. Luistro FSC
Undersecretary: Dina S. Ocampo, PhD
Development Team of the Learners Material

Consultants and Editors:


Felicitas Pado, PhD Ofelia Flojo, PhD
Nemah Hermosa, PhD Perla Cuanzon, PhD
Rosalina J. Villaneza, PhD
Authors:
Grace U. Rabelas Gretel Laura M. Cadiong Jennalyn S. Datuin
Victoria D. Mangaser Valeria Fides G. Corteza Evelyn F. Importante
Lilibeth A. Magtang Ma. Rita Teresa V. Riosa Mary Jane T. Ganggangan
Rose Ann B. Pamintuan Rosalina B. Mejorada Michelle L. Mercado

Graphic Artist: Mr. Reynaldo A. Simple and Jason O. Villanueva


Layout Artists:
Camille Francesca Mondejar Ezekiel Quijano
Cheradee B. Lumitap Matthew Daniel V. Leysa
Jerby S. Mariano

Printed in the Phillipines by Vibal Group, Inc.


Department of Education-Instructional Materials Council Secretariat (DepEd-IMCS)
Office Address: 5th Floor Mabini Building, DepEd Complex
Meralco Avenue, Pasig City
Philippines 1600
Telefax: (02) 634-1054 or 634-1072
E-mail Address: imcsetd@yahoo.com

ii
To you Dear Learners,

This learners material will help you express your ideas,


thoughts, and feelings about yourself, family, friends, your home,
school, and community.

This will also help you read with comprehension and apply
critical thinking and reasoning skills. You will also learn how to write
in different forms.

You will love to do and talk about many things at home, in


school, and even in your community using what you learned from
this learners material.

Please do not write anything on this book as this will be used


next school year by pupils like you. Use either your paper or test
notebook to answer the different activities.

Have FUN learning!

The Authors

iii
Quarter 2: Science and Nature
Week 1: Big or Small, Animals All Around
Insect Bodies ..................................................... 100
Where Is the Caterpillar? .................................. 101
The Grouchy Ladybug ....................................... 102
Buddy and the Cat ............................................ 109
Pablo and the Eggs .......................................... 110
In the Beehive ................................................... 114
Animal Homes .................................................. 114
Firefly Hi ............................................................ 114
Ladybug Rhyme ............................................... 114
The Elephant Who Forgot What He Was ......... 119
Week 2: Making a Difference
A Jar of Lollipops .............................................. 124
Bugs at Home ............................................ ...... 129
The Shape of Things ........................................ 132
Week 3: Fun in the Rain
Cloud Song ...................................................... 136
Little Cloud ....................................................... 137
Mushroom in the Rain ...................................... 140
Week 4: At the Countryside
Bamboos .......................................................... 153
Animal Beds ..................................................... 158
Over the Meadow ............................................. 160
Honey Bees ...................................................... 162
Week 5: Friendly Creatures
Fish Is Fish ...................................................... 164
Week 6: A Place to Remember
Bing the Little Whale Shark .............................. 179
A Day in the Farm ............................................. 185
Week 7: On Earth and Under the Sea
How the Jellyfish Lost His Bones ..................... 188
In the Forest ..................................................... 191

v
Week 8: Forest Adventures
The Green Bird.................................................. 201
Week 9: All about Life
Coconut - The Tree of Life ................................ 212
Old Mother Hubbard ......................................... 214
I Went Fishing .................................................. 216
The Leaves ....................................................... 217

vi
Quarter 2

Science and Nature

97
Week 1 - Big or Small, Animals All Around

Think and Tell



Look at the bugs in the picture.
Can you name them?
Where can you find them?
How do bugs differ from one another?

Do you like bugs?


Tell us why.

Talk about It

1. How can you tell a bug from other living things?


2. What are the body parts of a bug?
3. What bugs can you find at home? In the gardens?
4. Why do they stay in these places?
5. What do these bugs do?

98
Find Out and Learn

Copy the concept map in your notebook. Write the main idea of
the poem I Like Bugs! read by the teacher. Then, provide the
supporting details found in the poem.

supporting
details
supporting supporting
details details

Main Idea
supporting supporting
details details
supporting
details

Remember

Every story, poem, or paragraph has a main idea. The


main idea tells what the story, poem, or paragraph is about.
The supporting details tell more about the main idea. They
give the important details and describe the main idea for better
understanding.

99
Do and Learn

Identify the main idea and the supporting details in each stanza and
write them on the graphic organizer like the one below. Do this on a
separate sheet of paper.

Insect Bodies
Victoria Smith

Every insects body has three parts.


Yes, every insects body has three parts.
Every insect has a head,
A thorax and abdomen,
Every insects body has three parts.

Every insects body has six legs.


Yes, every insects body has six legs.
It has three legs on each side
And it walks on them with pride.
Every insects body has six legs.

supporting
details

Main
Mainidea
idea
supporting supporting
details details

100
Learn Some More

Read the poem below. Identify the main idea and the supporting
details. Write your answers on a separate sheet of paper.

Where is the Caterpillar?

Where is caterpillar hiding today?


We looked under the table.
We looked on the chair.
We looked out the window.
But he was not there.

Where is caterpillar hiding today?


We looked in the fishbowl.
We looked in the sink.
We looked in the flowers.
What did we see?
A beautiful butterfly looking at me.

Main Idea

Detail Detail

101
Listen and Learn

Listen to the story.

The Grouchy Ladybug


Eric Carle

It was night and some fireflies danced around the moon.

At five oclock in the morning, the sun came up. A friendly


ladybug flew in from the left. It saw a leaf with many aphids
on it, and decided to have them for breakfast. But just then
a grouchy ladybug flew in from the right. It, too, saw the
aphids and wanted them for breakfast.

Good morning, said the friendly ladybug.

Go away! shouted the grouchy ladybug. I want those


aphids.

We can share them, suggested the friendly ladybug.

No. Theyre mine, all mine, screamed the grouchy


ladybug. Or do you want to fight me for them?

If you insist, answered the friendly ladybug sweetly. It


looked at the other bug straight in the eye. The grouchy
ladybug stepped back. It looked less sure of itself.

Oh, youre not big enough for me to fight, it said.

Then why dont you pick on somebody bigger?

Ill do that! screeched the grouchy ladybug.

Ill show you! It puffed itself up and flew off.

102
At six oclock, it met a yellow jacket. Hey you, said the
grouchy ladybug. Want to fight?

If you insist, said the yellow jacket, showing its stinger.

Oh, youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug


and flew off.

At seven oclock, it met a stag beetle. Hey you, said


the grouchy ladybug. Want to fight?

If you insist, said the stag beetle, opening its jaws.

Oh, youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug


and flew off.

At eight oclock, it came across a praying mantis. Hey


you, said the grouchy ladybug. Want to fight?

If you insist, said the praying mantis reaching out with


its front legs.

Oh, youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug


and flew off.

At nine oclock, it almost flew into a sparrow. Hey you,


said the grouchy lady bug. Want to fight?

If you insist, said the sparrow opening its sharp beak.

Oh, youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug


and flew off.

At ten oclock, it saw a lobster. Hey you, said the


grouchy ladybug. Want to fight?

103
If you insist, said the lobster stretching its claws.

Oh, youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug and
flew off.

At eleven oclock, it bumped into a skunk. Hey you, said


the grouchy ladybug. Want to fight?

If you insist. said the skunk, starting to lift its tail. Oh,
youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug and flew
off.

At twelve noon, it spotted a boa constrictor. Hey you,


said the grouchy lady bug. Want to fight?

If you insis-s-s-t, said the snake, right after lunch. Oh,


youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug and flew
off.

At one oclock, it happened upon a hyena. Hey you, said


the grouchy ladybug. Want to fight?

If you insist, said the hyena, laughing and showing its


teeth.

Oh youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug and


flew off.

At two oclock, it met a gorilla. Hey you, said the grouchy


ladybug. Want to fight?

If you insist, said the gorilla beating its chest.

Oh youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug and


flew off.

104
At three oclock, it ran into a rhinoceros. Hey you, said
the grouchy lady bug. Want to fight?

If you insist, said the rhinoceros lowering its horn.


Oh youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug and
and flew off.
At four oclock, it encountered an elephant. Hey you,
said the grouchy ladybug. Want to fight?

If you insist, said the elephant, raising its big tusks.

Oh, youre not big enough, said the grouchy ladybug and
flew off.

At five oclock, it met a whale. Hey you, said the grouchy


ladybug. Want to fight? But the whale did not answer
at all. Youre not big enough anyway, said the grouchy
ladybug and flew off.

At five fifteen, the grouchy ladybug said to one of the


whales flippers, Hey you, want to fight? But it got no
answer. So it flew away.

At five thirty the grouchy ladybug said to the whales fin,


Hey you, want to fight? But got no answer so it flew away.

At a quarter to six the grouchy ladybug said to the whales


tail, Hey you, want to fight? And the whales tail gave the
grouchy ladybug such a SLAP that it flew across the
sea and across the land.

At six oclock, the grouchy ladybug arrived right back


where it had started from.

105
Ah, here you are again, said the friendly ladybug. You
must be hungry. There are some aphids left. You can have
them for dinner.

Oh, thank you, said the wet, tired, and hungry ladybug.

Soon all the aphids were gone. Thank you, said the leaf.

You are welcome, answered both ladybugs, and they


went to sleep.

The fireflies, who had been sleeping all day, came out to
dance around the moon.

Talk about It

1. What is the story about?


2. What happened when the two ladybugs landed on the
same leaf? Why?
3. Why did the grouchy ladybug fly away?
4. If you were the grouchy ladybug, what would have you
done?
5. Why does the ladybug want to fight?
6. What did the grouchy ladybug do that day?
7. What does the ladybug say to the animals? Why?
8. How can you describe the ladybug?
9. What happened when the ladybug met the whale?
10. What did the ladybug say to the whale?
11. What did the ladybug do when the whale would not answer
her?
12. Do you think the whale could hear the ladybug? Why not?
13. What happened when the ladybug reached the whales fin?
14. Where do we find the ladybug at the end of the story?
15. What do you think will happen to the grouchy ladybug after
the day?

106
Learn Some More

1. Ladybug Circle of Friends (5 groups)


Draw faces that will show one who is grouchy and one who
is friendly. Say something about your drawings.
2. Art Connection
Choose a part of the story that you like best. Draw and
color your work. Talk about it in the class.
3. Its My Bug!
Make a replica or a model of a bug you like using some art
materials.

Find Out and Learn

Read the paragraph. Answer the questions that follow.

At five oclock in the morning, the sun came up. A friendly


ladybug flew in from the left. It saw a leaf with many aphids
on it, and decided to have them for breakfast. But just then, a
grouchy ladybug flew in from the right. It, too, saw the aphids
and wanted them for breakfast.

1. When did the story happen? Read the part. Describe it.
2. Where did the story happen? Read the part. Describe it.
3. What do you call this part of the story?
4. Do all stories need a setting? Why?
5. Who are the characters of the story? Describe the two ladybugs
in the story using the Venn diagram.

Friendly Ladybug Grouchy Ladybug

107
6. What do you call the persons/animals in the story?
7. What did the ladybugs want?
How did the ladybugs solve their problems?
How did the story end? Answer these questions using the
chart below.

Events Problem Ending


Event 1:
Event 2:
Event 3:

Remember

The elements of a story are setting, character, and plot.


The characters are the people or animals in the story.


The setting talks about the place and the time that the

events in the story happened.

The plot is made up of the events that happened in the



story. It consists of the beginning, the middle, and the
ending.

o Beginning It gives the problem faced by the main


character.

o Middle It presents the actions made by the


characters to solve the problem.

o Ending It gives the solution to the problem.

108
Do and Learn

Identify the elements in the story.

Buddy and the Cat

Little Buddy Cockroach is a house bug. Mother Bug always


tells him to stay in dark places and hide. He listens to her with
half an ear not really believing in what she says. How could they
not like me? I have beautiful, shiny wings, and long antenna.
Surely, they would love me, he thought. Then, Buddy saw a
black cat and said, I will show Mother Cockroach that she is
wrong. But when the cat saw him, it immediately jumped and
started running after him with its sharp claws. Buddy ran as fast
as he could to the dark place under the cabinet and never ever
came out.

1. What is the setting of the story? Read the part where the
setting is mentioned.
2. Who are the characters in the story? Describe each of the
characters.
3. Identify the parts in the selection that helped you describe
the character.
Fill out the graphic organizer and write the plot of the story.

Events Problem Ending


Event 1:
Event 2:
Event 3:

109
Learn Some More

Read the selection and do the activity that follows.

Pablo and the Eggs

Pete, the grasshopper, and his friend Pablo, the praying


mantis, were playing in the garden. One day, they found some
small round objects in the grass. Pablo wanted to play with
them because they looked like small balls.
He was about to pick them up when Pete stopped him,
Those are not playthings.
They look like small eggs, Pete said.
No, they are not eggs. I am going to play with these
balls. Pablo insisted. He got two and prepared to throw them.
Suddenly the eggs broke and out came little bugs.
Pablo was surprised. Oh! Theyre alive! he said as each
one ran in different directions.
Pete laughed at the frightened Pablo, See, I told you.

Identify the elements of the story by filling in the graphic organizers.


Write the answers on a separate sheet of paper.

Title of the Story


Title

Setting Characters Plot


Plot
Setting Characters

Beginning
Beginning

Middle
Middle

Ending
Ending

110
Write about It

Write a short story following the three story elements. Then, share
your story to the class.

Setting : ______________________________________
Characters : ______________________________________
Plot
Beginning : ______________________________________
Middle : ______________________________________
Ending : ______________________________________

Find Out and Learn

Read the sentences.

1. The ladybugs landed on a leaf one early morning.


2. They wanted aphids for breakfast.
3. The grouchy ladybug saw a stag beetle and wanted to fight
with it.
4. The praying mantis prepared to fight with the ladybug.
5. The one-day old aphids were eaten by the bugs.

Questions:

What are the underlined words in the sentence?


What can you say about these words?
What two words can you find in these words?
Can you think of other words which are combinations of
two words?

111
Study the examples below.

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3

baseball report card one-half


handshake fairy tale twenty-one
newspaper love letter sister-in-law
sunshine
rainbow

What can you say about the compound words in each sentence?

Try and Learn

Identify the compound words in the paragraph. Say if it is a one-


word compound, two-word compound, or a hyphenated compound
word.

Janna loves to visit her grandmother in her farmyard on


weekends. She loves to sit with her Lola Marta on the rocking
chair and watch the fireflies at night. Lola Marta always reads
fairy tales to Janna before bedtime. She also shows her how to
cook pancakes in the frying pan. Janna proudly claims that she
made forty-four cookies one weekend and shared one-half of
them with the vice-president of their homeowners club.

112
Do and Learn

A. Match the words in Column 1 with the words in Column 2 to form


one-word compound words. Then, complete the sentences using
the words formed. Do this on a separate sheet of paper.

Column 1 Column 2

birth mates
air day
class port

1. We attended my cousins _________ party.


2. Their house was near the _______. We saw a lot of planes.
3. Most of those who were in the party were her __________.

B. Combine the words in the parentheses to form hyphenated compound


words. Write your answers on a separate sheet of paper.

1. Mr. Cruz is the _____________ of my teacher.


(father + in + law)
2. Riding the __________ (merry + go + round) is really fun.
3. We saw Peter going to the store to buy an _______
medicine. He said he hurt his foot. (over + the + counter)

C. Complete the sentences with two-word compound words. Rewrite


the sentences in your notebook.

1. The __________ helped Mr. Cruz by giving him a


wheelchair. (security + guard)
2. The man brought Mr. Cruz to the _______.
(emergency + room)
3. He was in such a hurry that he did not see the _________
blocking his way. Mr. Cruz told him to be careful.
(trash + can)

113
Learn Some More

Identify the compound words used in the poem. Write these on the
table given.

In the Beehive Animal Homes


Author Unknown Author Unknown

Here is the beehive A spider lives in a cobweb.


but where are the bees? A dog in the dog house.
Hidden inside where nobody A worm in the tunnel
sees. underground
Watch as they come out of their While horses stay in a barnyard
hives, No bedroom, nor bed
one, two, three bees, Just a cozy place to sleep.
four bees, five!

Firefly Hi Ladybug Rhyme


Helen Moore Maria Fleming

Whats that? Ladybugs all dressed in red


In the summer evening sky? Strolling through the flower
Again it goes! bed.
Fly-flashing by! If I were tiny just like you
Its here, its there, its... Id creep among the flowers,
A firefly. too.

One-word Hyphenated Two-word


Compound Words Compound Words Compound Words

114
Read and Learn

Read the selection below. Answer the questions that follow.

Charles and Charlie are twins. They have neighbors


named Sally and Molly. They all ride the school bus to their
school in the city. One day, the bus driver waited for them
at the parking lot. They did not come on time. He looked
for them in the playground. He looked for them around
the building. He tried calling them on his cellphone but
the battery was drained. So, he went back to the bus. He
found them waiting for him on the bus.

1. Who are the twins?


2. Who are the twins neighbors?
3. How do they go to school?
4. Why did the bus driver look for them?
5. What do you think happened?
6. What other words in the selection refer to the twins? To
Sally and Molly? To the driver? Read these parts in the
selection and underline the words that replaced the nouns.
7. What do you call these words?

Try and Learn

Rewrite the paragraph by replacing the underlined nouns with


personal pronouns.

Mother went to the grocery one day. The saleslady smiled at


Mother in welcome. Mr. Reynoso asked what Mother needs. Mr.
Reynoso said that Mr. Reynoso and the saleslady are willing to
help Mother. Mother said Mother wants to buy some fresh milk.
Fresh milk is healthier than softdrinks, said Mr. Reynoso. The
saleslady went inside the store. The saleslady came back with
a box of fresh milk.

115
Remember

Personal pronouns are words used in place of nouns in



sentences.
The following are personal pronouns:

o Singular
I, me, he, she, it, him, her, you
o Plural
you, we, they, them, us

Do and Learn

A. Replace the underlined words with personal pronouns.

1. My sister Carla and brother Ben walk to school everyday.


2. Carla carries a blue backpack. The backpack has flower
prints on it.
3. Ben has a trolley bag that Ben pulls around.
4. Carla and Ben are never late.
5. Mother sees to it that Carla and Ben sleep early because
mother wakes Carla and Ben up early, too.

B. Identify the personal pronoun in each sentence.

1. Manny asked if he could join the badminton club.


2. Do they accept only those who know how to play the
game? Charlie asked Manny.
3. Miss Candido, the coach, accepts those who dont know
the game because she encourages everyone to try.
4. Michael, Santa, and Clark are also interested. We will see
Miss Candido tomorrow, they said.
5. I saw the team practiced yesterday. I would love to play
with them someday, Manny said.

116
Learn Some More

Choose the correct personal pronouns to complete the paragraph.

Mika and Nena are friends. ________ are neighbors and


classmates, too. ______ enjoy playing badminton. They say
______ is an exercise and a fun way to spend their time. Coach
Sara invited them to join the badminton team. ______ said it
will be fun. Mr. San Luis, the class adviser, said ____ will allow
them to join.

Try and Learn

Arrange the following words alphabetically. Write the answer on


your notebook.

1. _____________ ladybug
2. _____________ yellow jacket
3. _____________ stag beetle
4. _____________ praying mantis
5. _____________ sparrow
6. _____________ lobster
7. _____________ boa constrictor
8. _____________ hyena
9. _____________
gorilla
10. _____________
elephant

117
Remember

To alphabetize a list of words or names, you start by



placing them in A-B-C order according to the first letter of
each word.

If you have two or more words that begin with the same

letter, you will look at the second letter. Ask yourself:
Which of the second letters comes first in the alphabet?
If the firstandsecond letters are the same, proceed to the
third letters.

Do and Learn

Arrange the given words in alphabetical order on a separate sheet


of paper.

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3

bug round whale


whale thorax compound
grouchy abdomen puffed
beak compound ladybug
aphids beehive beetle
screeched animal yellow
puffed head animals
insist mean feelings
fight map neighbor
insect fin hyena

118
Learn Some More

Read the poem carefully. Copy the underlined words in your


notebook or on your paper. Arrange the words in alphabetical order.

The Elephant Who Forgot What He Was


Christopher Ronald Jones, UK

The elephant sat on the telephone wire


and sang with all the birds.
Am I just like you? he asked
But they only said one word NO.

The elephant climbed up the church tower


and was hiding in the bell.
Maybe Im a snail, he thought
and this could be my shell.
NO.

The elephant swung from tree to tree.


Until his legs went limp
Maybe this is where I belong
I think I must be a chimp.
NO.
The elephant sniffed at all the flowers
and he began to cry
I thought I was a bee, he said
Then realized I cant fly.

The elephant went home and sat on his stool


and sorted through all of his junk.
This is good and this is bad
and this goes in the trunk.

Trunk! he cried. I know at last!


How could I have been such a dumbo.
I know exactly what I am
and I know my name, its Jumbo!
Week 2 - Making a Difference
119
Listen and Learn!

Listen to the news report.

Good morning to all our radio listeners. This is Ann


Mendoza for the weather news.

A powerful typhoon will enter the Philippine Area of


Responsibility on Monday, June 15. PAGASA said, Typhoon
Pablo will pass through parts of Visayas and Mindanao
tomorrow at 8:00 oclock in the morning and will possibly
leave the country on Tuesday evening. According to
PAGASA, typhoon Pablo is a Signal no. 2 typhoon.

Classes from preschool to secondary levels will be


suspended in all affected areas. Alert is up for all those living
near rivers and coastal areas. Evacuation is advised to those
in the danger zones because of possible floods and landslides
due to the amount of water typhoon Pablo is set to release.

Talk about It

1. Who is giving the news report?


2. What is the news report about?
3. When will the typhoon enter the country?
4. Where will the typhoon hit?
5. What could the typhoon cause in the affected area?
6. Why do you think there is a need to suspend classes?

120
Try and Learn

Read the telephone conversation.

Carla heard the news over the radio. She called her friend on the
telephone.
Sandra : Hello, this is Reynoso residence. This is Sandra
speaking.
Carla : Hello, Sandra. This is Carla, your classmate.
Sandra : Oh, hello, Carla. How may I help you?
Carla : Have you heard the news? Typhoon Pablo is coming
tomorrow at 8:00 a.m. PAGASA said its going to be
a Signal no. 2 typhoon.
Sandra : How did you know that? Its bright and sunny outside.
Carla : I just heard it over the radio.
Sandra : Thank you, Carla. Theres a big river at the back of
our house. We are in the danger zone.
Carla : Thats why I called. The local officials have already
suspended classes on Monday. Those in the danger
zones need to be alerted.
Sandra : Thanks a lot for the information, Carla. We really
appreciate it.
Carla : Youre welcome. Goodbye for now and take care.

Talk about It

1. Who did Carla call?


2. Why did she call Sandra?
3. How can you describe Carla?
4. What information did Carla give Sandra? List the answers
using the organizers with the wh- question words.
121
Details from the News Report

Who : __________________________________
What : __________________________________
Where : __________________________________
When : __________________________________
Why : __________________________________
How : __________________________________

5. What do you think Sandra will do after the conversation?


Why?

Find Out and Learn

1. What things should you remember when listening to a news


report?
2. What question should you ask yourself to check whether
you got the important details from the news report?
3. If you were to retell or restate information to someone, what
details should you include?

Remember

Retelling information correctly from what you have read


or listened to is an important skill to learn.

When retelling news reports, remember to include
answers to wh-questions: who, what, where, when, why,
and how.

122
Do and Learn

Read the following news report and note the important details by
answering the wh- questions. Write the answers on a separate
sheet of paper.

Two Pupils Receive Awards

Ana Gonzaga and Grace Ramos, both Grade


4 pupils of Tandang Sora Elementary School, were
awarded gold medalists for their honesty during the
celebration of Buwan ng Wika.

The said pupils returned a bag containing ten


thousand pesos, a cellphone, and other valuable
items to the Principals Office. The bag, owned by an
American tourist, Golda Prince, was left at the canteen
when her group visited the school. The children found
the bag and immediately brought it to the principal to
help them find the owner. Miss Prince was very happy
that her bag was returned and praised the children for
their honesty.

Details from the News Report

Who : __________________________________
What : __________________________________
Where : __________________________________
When : __________________________________
Why : __________________________________
How : __________________________________

123
Learn Some More

1. Work with a partner.


2. Think of a news item to share with your partner.
3. Come up with a dialogue where retelling of the news
item is demonstrated.
4. Be ready for a one-minute presentation of the output.

Read and Learn

Read the story.

A Jar of Lollipops
Gretel Laura M. Cadiong and Victoria D. Mangaser

Three days had passed since the worlds strongest


typhoon of 2013, Yolanda, hit the City of Tacloban. There was no
electricity. There was little food and water. The family of Mang
Nilo and Aling Gloria had to leave the two-story house which
saved them from the water that covered the entire city.

We have to walk to the bus terminal. Mang Nilo announced


early in the morning.

But its a long way from here, Aling Gloria said, worried.

God kept us safe during the storm. He will help us get


there, Mang Nilo answered.

All around they saw roofless houses and buildings


destroyed by the typhoon. Lifeless bodies of men, women,
children, and animals were scattered along the way. Mylene
and Andrei held each others hands. Little Annie held Aling
Glorias hand tightly.

Hurry everyone, Mang Nilo said. We have a long way to


go to reach the bus terminal.

124
Can we rest a little? We have been walking since morning,
Mylene begged.

Im hungry and thirsty. We only had one piece of bread for


breakfast and nothing else, Andrei said.

Aling Gloria prayed silently. They had nothing left but a


bottle of water and five slices of bread. Here, each one, have
a slice of bread and drink a little water, she said, knowing it
was their last supply of food.

Look, Mother! Annie shouted. On the muddy street was


a plastic jar covered in mud. Mylene and Andrei ran to it. It
was a jar of lollipops, muddy but sealed.

No, dont pick it up, Mylene. Its unsafe, warned Father.


It is not good to eat.

The children were unwilling to let go of the jar. Please
Father, let us keep those lollipops, Mylene and Andrei pleaded.
Andrei picked the jar up. He cleaned it with rain water. Its still
good! he cried and carried it along happily.

They walked for several hours. It was almost dark when


the family reached the bus terminal. But lo! Not a single bus
was there. That night, they stayed in the bus terminal waiting
for a ride that would bring them to safety.

Hungry, wet, and tired, the family huddled together and


prayed. Then, Aling Gloria looked around them. It broke her
heart to see the little children crying in hunger. Suddenly, she
remembered the jar of lollipops!

Andrei, wheres the jar of lollipops? she asked. Andrei


handed it to her. She opened the jar and gave some to Mylene,
Andrei, and Annie. The children started eating the sweet
lollipops happily. It was the most delicious food they had that
day!

125
Aling Gloria shared the rest of the lollipops with the people
around. Everyone gladly ate the only food they had that night.

The next morning, rescue buses arrived and brought all of


them to a safer place. Aling Gloria smiled as she was about to
ride the bus with her family. After all, she thought, There is
God and . . . a jar of lollipops.

Talk about It

1. What is the story about?


2. What can you say about the family in the story?
3. Where is the family going? Why?
4. What kind of journey did the family take?
5. How did the jar of lollipops help the family?
6. Why did the family ride a bus away from the city?
7. How did the family stay safe? What did they do?
8. Can we know if a typhoon is coming? How?
9. Can we prepare for the coming of typhoons? How?

Learn Some More

Knowledge is Power!

1. Interview any of the following:


a. your parents
b. barangay leader
c. school principal

2. Ask them what they do before, during, and after a typhoon.

126
3. Copy the chart in your notebook and write the information
needed. Present it to the class.

Name of person interviewed: ______________________



Typhoon preparedness for ________________________
(name of family/barangay/school)

What they do . . .

before a typhoon during a typhoon after a typhoon

Find Out and Learn

Read the following sentences:

1. No, dont pick it up, Mylene. Its unsafe, warned Father.


2. The children were unwilling to let go of the jar.
3. All around they saw roofless houses and buildings destroyed
by the typhoon.
4. Lifeless bodies of men, women, children, and animals were
scattered along the way.

127
Study the following words. What did you observe?

unsafe = un + safe
undo = un + do
roofless = roof + less
lifeless = life + less

Remember

Affixes are word elements added to a root word that


changes its meaning There are affixes that are added at
the beginning or ending of a root word.

The affix un- means not.
Example: Unsafe means not safe.

The affix -less means without or none.



Example: Lifeless means without life.

Try and Learn

Change the underlined words to new words with affixes. Rewrite the
sentence with the new word formed.

1. The story of the flying monkey is not believable.


2. The storyteller also looked not sure of his details.
3. Many believe it was not true.
4. The storyteller looked without hope because no one
believed him.
5. But some admired him because he was without fear to try
and tell the story.

128

Do and Learn

Fill in the blanks with the correct word from the box that will complete
the sentences. Write the answers on a separate sheet of paper.

shoeless untied unhappy clueless careless


Shirley is _________. She did not know where her left shoe
is. She cant go to school _________. Everyone at home was
_________ where it is. The last thing she remembers was that
she _________ it before going up the house. Her mother said
she was __________.

Read and Learn

Read the poem and answer the questions that follow.

Bugs at Home
Helen H. Moore

There was once a tick


Whose name was Tock.
He made his home
Beneath a rock.

There was once an ant


Whose name was Jill,
She made her home
Inside a hill.

There was once a family of bees


Whose name was Clive
They made their home
Inside a hive.

Rock, hive, and hill


You can believe me or not as you will,
If they are not gone, they are living there still.
Family Clive, Jim, and Jill!

129
Talk about It

1. According to the selection, what do you call the home of a


tick? An ant? A bee?

2. Do they need these homes? Why? Why not?

Try and Learn

Copy one stanza of the poem Bugs at Home on a separate


sheet of paper.
Circle the personal pronouns in the stanza.
Connect the personal pronoun with the noun it refers to or
replaces.

Remember

Antecedents are nouns that are replaced by pronouns in



sentences.

Personal pronouns should agree with their antecedents



in number and gender.

Masculine he (singular), they (plural)


Feminine she, (singular), they (plural)
Neutral it (singular), they (plural)

130
Do and Learn

Fill in the blanks with a personal pronoun to complete the idea of


the sentence. Answers will be written on a separate sheet of paper.

Like people, animals have homes. (He, She, They) _______


live in special places where (he, it, they) ____ can be safe.
These homes are close to where (she, it, they) _____ get food.
A mother bird lives on a nest where (she, he, it) ______ keeps
her babies while father bird searches for food. A spider spins a
web for home. (It, she, they) ____ traps food in this web, too.

Learn Some More

Fill in the blanks with the correct pronoun that will complete the
story. Write your answers in your notebook.

Johnny Bee lives in a hive together with a swarm of bees.


______ work together to keep the hive safe and full of honey
except for Johnny Bee. _____ always hides when ____ is
time for work. His sister, Jenny Bee often tells him that the
swarm needs his help. _____ tells Johnny what to do to help
but _____ never listens. ____ flies away with his friends to
play.

One day, Johnny Bee flew away very early. ___ wanted to
escape work. ___ looked at where Jenny Bee was. ________
was still asleep. He went with his friends. ______ played far
away from the hive. It was getting dark when _____ returned
to the hive. Where was the hive? _____ was not on the tree!

A man walked away from the tree. _____ was carrying


with him the bee hive with all the bees in a net. The swarm of
bees lost the fight to protect their hive. _____ needed the help
of Johnny and his friends but ______ were far away.

131
Read and Learn

Read the poem.


The Shape of Things
Melsh Goldish

What is a circle? What is round?


A quarter rolling on the ground.
A wheel is a circle, so is the moon
A bottle cap or a big balloon.

What is a square, with sides the same?


The wooden board for a checker game.
A slice of cheese, a TV screen
A table napkin to keep you clean.

What is a rectangle, straight or tall?


The door that stands within your wall.
A dollar bill, a loaf of bread,
the mattress lying on your bed.

What is a triangle, with sides of three?


A piece of pie for you and me.
A musical triangle, ding, ding, ding,
A slice of pizza with everything!

These are the shapes seen everywhere:


a triangle, rectangle, circle, square.
If you look closely where youve been,
Youll surely see the shapes youre in!

132
Talk about It

1. What shapes are mentioned in the poem?


2. What are the objects that have the shapes mentioned in the
poem?
3. What shape do you like most? Why?
4. Are shapes of things important? Why or why not?

5.
6. Try and Learn
7.

Complete the chart below. Write your answers on a separate sheet


of paper.

Things mentioned Things that can be added


in the poem to the list

Remember

Classifying is arranging or sorting things according to


their similarities and characteristics.

133
Do and Learn

Read the following paragraphs. Classify the underlined words into


two groups. Give a name to each group.

A. Mario, Jean, and Carla are from the same class in Grade 4.
Luis and Lando, his twin brothers, are their friends who are
also in Grade 4. They play soccer after class hours. Lanie, a
Grade 6 pupil from Section B, also joins them in the game
together with her Grade 4 brother, Paul.

Name of the Group Name of the Group

B. Teacher Paula gave Charlie ten packs of seeds. There were


seeds of jackfruit, petsay, mango, patola, guava, raddish,
kangkong, atis, chico, and watermelon. Help Charlie classify
these seeds into two groups.
Name of the Group Name of the Group

134
Learn Some More

A. Read the words in each row. Three of the words belong to one
group. Identify the word that does not belong. Write your answer
on a separate sheet of paper.

1. bread car candy soup


2. blue rainbow green red
3. arm three four fifteen
4. plane house bus bike
5. tree plant ant flower

B. Classify the following words into three columns. Write the words
under the correct heading. Write the answer on a separate sheet
of paper.

classmates teacher mother


medicine sala desk
books ambulance bedroom
clothes doctor divan

WISDOM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

C. List the things that you can find at home. Then, classify them
in the following categories. Write your answers on a separate
sheet of paper.

bedroom kitchen bathroom

135
Week 3 - Fun in the Rain

Sing and Learn!

Sing the poem to the tune of Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star.

Cloud Song

Floating clouds up in the sky,


Changing shapes as you pass by.
Floating by without a sound.
Wont you come and touch the ground?
Floating clouds up in the sky,
Changing shapes as you pass by.

Talk about It

1. What is the song about?


2. What is the cloud doing according to the song?
3. What did the child want the cloud to do? Why?

Find Out and Learn

1. How can you understand poems or stories better?


2. What questions should you ask to know if you understood
what you heard or listened to?
3. What answers will you have if you ask these wh- questions?

136
Remember

Noting details is an important reading skill for children to


learn. We note details by asking wh- questions who, what,
where, when, and how.

Listen and Learn

Get information from the paragraph below by asking wh- questions.


Write wh- questions for the selection below. Write these questions
on a separate sheet of paper.

Clouds are formed as part of the process called the water


cycle. Water from the land and seas goes up in the sky and
forms clouds. When clouds are already heavy, they release
water in the form of rain.

Read and Learn

Read the poem.

Little Cloud
Eric Carle

The clouds drifted slowly across the sky.


Little Cloud trailed behind.
The clouds pushed upward and away.
Little Cloud pushed downward and
touched the tops of the houses and trees.

137
The clouds moved out of sight
Little Cloud changed into a giant cloud.
Little Cloud changed into a sheep.
Sheep and clouds sometimes look alike.

Little Cloud changed into an airplane.


Little Cloud often saw airplanes
flying through the clouds.

Little Cloud changed into a shark.


Little Cloud once saw a shark
through the waves of the ocean.

Little Cloud changed into two trees.


Little Cloud liked the way trees never
moved and stayed in one place.

Little Cloud changed into a rabbit.


Little Cloud loved to watch rabbits
dash across the meadows.

Then Little Cloud changes into a hat.


Because . . .
Little Cloud changed into a clown
and needed a hat.

The other clouds drifted back.


They huddled close together.
Little Cloud, Little Cloud, they called.

Come back.
Little Cloud drifted toward the clouds.

Then all the clouds changed into one big cloud and . . . rained!

138
Talk about It

1. What is the poem about?


2. What different shapes did Little Cloud form?
3. What happened when Little Cloud joined the other clouds?
4. How was rain formed according to the poem?
5. Based on lessons in Science, how is rain formed?

Do and Learn

Read the poem Little Cloud again. Write five wh- questions that
you can ask to check if you can remember details from the poem.
Write the answers beside the questions you have written.

Questions Answers

1. _______________ 1. _______________

2. _______________ 2. _______________

3. _______________ 3. _______________

4. _______________ 4. _______________

5. _______________ 5. _______________

139
Read and Learn

Read the story.

Mushroom in the Rain


Mirra Ginsburg (1974)

One day, an ant was caught in the


rain.

Where can I hide? he wondered.


He saw a tiny mushroom peeking out
of the ground in the clearing and hid
under it. He sat there waiting for the
rain to stop. But the rain came down
harder and harder.
A wet butterfly crawled up to the mushroom.
Cousin ant, let me come in from the rain. I am so wet, I
cannot fly.

How can I let you in? said the ant. There is barely enough
room for one.

That does not matter, said the butterfly. Better crowded


than wet. The ant moved over and made room for the
butterfly.
The rain came down harder and harder.

A mouse ran up.


Let me in under the mushroom. I am drenched to the bone.

How can we let you in? Theres no more room here.

140
Just move a little closer.
They huddled closer and let the mouse in.
And the rain came down and came down and would not stop.

A little sparrow hopped up to the mushroom, crying.


My feathers are dripping, my wings are so tired!
Let me in under the mushroom to dry out and rest until the
rain stops.

But there is no room here.

Please! Move over just a


little!

They moved over and there


was room enough for the
sparrow.

Then a rabbit hopped into the clearing and saw the mushroom.

Oh! Hide me! he cried. Save me! A fox is chasing me!


Poor rabbit, said the ant. Lets crowd ourselves a little more
and take him in.

As soon as they hid the rabbit, the fox came running.


Have you seen the rabbit? Which way did he go? he asked.

Oh! We have not seen him.

The fox came nearer and sniffed.


There is a rabbit smell around. Isnt he hiding here?

You silly fox! How could a rabbit get in here?


Dont you see there isnt any room?

141
The fox turned up his nose, flicked his tail, and ran off.
By then, the rain was over.
The sun came out from behind the clouds.
And everyone came out from under the mushroom, bright
and merry.

The ant looked at his neighbors.


How could this be? At first, I had hardly room enough under
the mushroom just for myself, and in the end, all five of us
were able to sit under it.

Qua-ha-ha! Qua-ha-ha! somebody laughed loudly behind


them.
They turned and saw a fat, green frog sitting on top of the
mushroom, shaking his head at them.
Qua-ha-ha! said the frog. Dont you know what happens to
a mushroom in the rain? And he hopped away still laughing.
The ant, the butterfly, the mouse, the sparrow, and the rabbit
looked at one another, then at the mushroom. Suddenly they
knew why there was room enough under the mushroom for
them all.

Do you know?
Can you guess what happens to a mushroom when it rains?
It grows!

142
Talk about It

1. What is the story about?


2. Why did the butterfly, the mouse, and sparrow go under the
mushroom?
3. How did the animals fit in the mushroom? What did they do?
4. What did the rabbit want from the animals? Why?
5. Why was the fox chasing the rabbit?
6. How did the animals help the rabbit escape the fox?
7. What can you say about the animals in the story? What are
their character traits?
8. How was the mushroom able to shelter all of the animals
during the rain?
9. What happens to a mushroom during the rain?
10. What lesson did you learn from the story?
11. What would you do if you were one of the animals in the story?
Why?

Try and Learn

Read each sentence with correct expression. Tell the feeling


expressed based on the dialog of the character in the story.

1. Cousin Ant, let me come in from the rain. I am so wet I cannot


fly.
2. Please! Move over just a little! the sparrow said.
3. Oh, hide me! he cried. Save me! A fox is chasing me!
4. There is a rabbit smell around. Isnt he hiding here? said the
fox.

143
Remember

Characters in the story express their mood and feelings in


what they say and do. In oral reading, it is important to read
these lines with correct expressions to convey the moods and
feelings expressed by the characters in the story.

Examples of moods and feelings:


sad happy angry jealous
doubtful fearful afraid

Do and Learn

Read the following lines with correct expression and give the mood
expressed. Express the emotions (angry, happy, sad, wondering)
to show the moods for each sentence.
1. Everyone came out from under the mushroom, bright and
merry.
2. The fox turned up his nose, flicked his tail, and ran off.
3. How could this be? At first, I hardly had room enough
under the mushroom, and in the end, all five of us were
able to sit under it!

Learn Some More

Choose parts from the story Mushroom in the Rain that you like
best. Create your own dialog to show at least one (1) of the following
moods or feelings. Do this in your notebook.

1. happy 4. doubtful
2. sad 5. afraid
3. angry

144
Find Out and Learn

Read the letter written by the rabbit to the ant and other animals.


235 Plant Garden St.
Mt. San Antonio,
Zamboanga City
June 23, 2013

Dear Mr. Ant,

Thank you for saving me from Mr. Fox. I am very


lucky that even when there was barely enough space,
you and your friends hid me from him.

Now, I can tell all my rabbit friends about how you


became my heroes.

Your friend,

Reggie Rabbit

Talk about It

1. What kind of letter did Reggie Rabbit write?


2. To whom is the letter addressed?
3. What is the message of the letter?
4. Why did Reggie Rabbit write the letter?
5. What mood does the letter give?
6. When do you write letters?
7. Why do you write letters?

145
Remember

A letter has different parts.

{
(Street address)
Heading (Town/City)
(Date written)

_____________ Greeting,

{
_________________________________
Body of Letter
______________________________________
________________.

Closing
Signature

The heading contains the address of the sender and the


date the letter was written.
The greeting starts the letter and usually begins with the
word Dear.
The body of the letter contains the message of the
sender.
The closing marks the end of the letter.
The signature tells the name of the letter sender.

Write about It

Think of someone from your class you would like to thank. Write a
letter to him/her using the correct format in writing a letter. Do this
on a clean sheet of paper.

146
Check your letter. Use the following checklist to find out if you have
followed the different guidelines in letter writing.

Parts of the Letter Yes No

Heading
1. Do the names of the street, town/city, and the
date appear in the letter?

2. Are they aligned with the closing and signature?

Greeting

1. Does the greeting begin with a capital letter?

2. Does the name of the receiver of the letter also


begin with a capital letter?

3. Is there a comma after the greeting?

Body of the Letter

1. Is the first line of the letter indented?

2. Do the sentences end with punctuation marks?

3. Does the letter have left and right margins?

Closing

1. Does the first letter of the closing begin with a


capital letter?

2. Is there a comma after the closing?

Signature

1. Is the name of the letter sender written correctly?

2. Is the first letter of the name capitalized?

147
Read and Learn

Read the paragraph and answer the questions that follow.

Ana walks to school everyday. She brings her yellow


umbrella when she go to school. She keeps it in her bag. Rain
or shine, Ana loves walking to school with her yellow umbrella.

1. What is being talked about in the selection?


2. What does Ana do every day according to the selection?

Try and Learn

Read the sentences below:

1. Rose walks to school everyday.


2. She brings her yellow umbrella with her.

Remember

The present tense of the verb is used to express an


action that happens regularly or habitually.

Time expressions like everyday, every week, once a


month, and yearly show present tense.

Singlar subjects and pronouns he, she, or it use the


present singular form of the verbs. When we talk about
a singular subject, -s or -es added to a verb.

Plural subjects take the base form of the verb when


expressing present tense.
148
Do and Learn

Choose the verb that will best complete the sentence. Write your
answers on a separate sheet of paper.

1. The horse (run, runs) fast.


2. Anton (dance, dances) gracefully.
3. Mother (cooks, cook) delicious dishes.
4. Our dog (wag, wags) his tail when he is delighted.
5. In the morning, Mr. Samson (deliver, delivers) the freshly
baked pastries in town.
6. The story (tell, tells) us about kindness and helpfulness.
7. The sun (shine, shines) brightly today.
8. Grandfather (open, opens) his house to those who are in need.
9. Birds (sit, sits) on their eggs until they hatch.
10. My sister (drink, drinks) tea in the morning.

Learn Some More

A. Rewrite the paragraph on a separate sheet of paper. Choose the


correct form of the verb.

Alice (greet, greets) the morning in her garden. Her


rose garden (make, makes) her smile. She (enjoy, enjoys)
the sweet scent of the flowers. She (take, takes) good care
of them because she (love, loves) giving them to her mother.

B. Write sentences using the following verbs.


1. closes 6. laughs
2. cares 7. exercises
3. computes 8. sleeps
4. decorates 9. wears
5. changes 10. thinks

149
Read and Learn

Read the following words carefully.

Column A Column B Column C

helps opens wishes


walks rains touches
talks finds kisses
loves brings brushes
uses grabs quizzes

What final sound do you hear at the end of the words in


Column A? In Column B? In Column C?
Do they have the same final sound?

Remember

Verbs ending in -s have three different final sounds: /s/, /z/



and /iz/
The final sound is /s/ if the verb ends with vowels a, e, i, o,

u, and the letters p, t, and k.
The final sound is /z/ if the verb ends with the letters m, n,

l, b, d, and g.
The final sound is /iz/ if the verb ends with the letters s, z,

sh, and ch.

150
Do and Learn

A. Read the following sentences. Give emphasis on the words with


the /s/.

1. Sandra helps Mother clean the house.


2. Marlon walks every morning.
3. She talks in a very sweet manner.
4. Ana loves to read books.
5. The teacher uses her laptop in teaching.

B. Read the following words with the /z/. Then, give a sentence
using the verb.

1. shares
2. rains
3. finds
4. brings
5. grabs

C. Complete the sentences using the words with the /iz/. Then, read
aloud the sentences.

wishes touches rises brushes quizzes

1. The boy ______ to see a mushroom grow.


2. He _______ the mushroom figurine on display in the school
library.
3. The figurine has a little fairy who ________ from a mushroom.
4. Sarah saw a blue dust on the fairys hair. She ______ it away.
5. The librarian _______ the two kids about the broken figurine.

151
Learn Some More

A. Copy the following verbs on a separate sheet of paper. Put an X


mark on the verb that has a different final sound.

1. saves passes keeps


2. runs lands touches
3. flicks falls begs
4. turns crushes kisses
5. grabs tries brings

B. Use the following words in sentences. Be ready to present your


sentences to the class.

1. passes
2. touches
3. flicks
4. turns
5. tries

152
Week 4 - At the Countryside

Read and Learn

Read the selection below.

Bamboos

The bamboo is the giant of the grass family. Some bamboos


can grow as tall as trees. They can grow in the lowlands or in
rolling hills. There are different kinds of bamboos.
The bamboo has many uses. The most important use of
bamboo is for building houses. Whole bamboo is used for
posts and beams of houses. Split bamboo is used for roofs,
walls, and floors. It is also used in fishing and farming. Different
kinds of fish traps are made from bamboo. The farmer uses the
bamboo as a fence for his garden and farm.
The bamboo has many other uses. It can be made into toys,
furniture, and utensils. It is a very useful plant.

Talk about It

Answer the following questions.

1. What are bamboos?


2. Where do bamboos usually grow?
3. What are the different uses of bamboo?
4. How many paragraphs does the selection have?
5. What is the topic of the first paragraph? The second
paragraph?
6. Read the sentence that tells the topic of the second
paragraph. The third paragraph?
7. What is the selection about?

153
Remember

An outline is a brief summary of a particular topic that helps


you organize ideas. It has two parts.

The topic is written in Roman numerals.


The subtopics that give the details are marked with capital
letters.

Do and Learn

A. Identify the topic of the given details. Choose your answer in the
box and write them on your paper.

1. Plants grow everywhere.


Some grow in the pond.
Some grow in the ground.
Others grow in rocky soil.
Plants have many uses.
Plants grow in different places.

2. Maria plants different kinds of seeds.


She plants guava, mango, and papaya.
After a few days, a baby plant grows.
It has a stem and small leaves.
Plants grow from seeds.
Maria has plenty of seeds.

3. Birds fly with their wings.


Fish swim with their fins.
Dogs and cats walk with their feet.
Animals move in different ways.
They have different body parts.

154
B. Write the subtopics about the paragraph below. Write your
answers on a separate sheet of paper.

Tree

A tree is a home to animals. Birds build their nests on


its branches. Bees make their hives in its holes. Rabbits live
underneath it. Animals stay with their families in the tree.

I. A tree serves as a home to animals.

A. Subtopic ___________________________
B. Subtopic ___________________________
C. Subtopic ___________________________
D. Subtopic ___________________________

Learn Some More

A. Identify the topic and the subtopics for the paragraph below.
Follow the given template.

The queen bee is the most important member of the hive.


She is the ruler of the colony. Her job is to lay eggs. She lays
at least two thousands eggs everyday.

I. _________________________________
A. ______________________________
B. ______________________________
C. ______________________________

B. Choose a topic from the following. Think of interesting details


about your chosen topic. Write your answers on a separate sheet
of paper.

a. Food that we eat for breakfast


b. Things we bring to school

155
Write about It

A. Write a two-level sentence outline in your notebook.

Dogs help people in a lot of ways. They help blind


people find their way. Others help the policemen solve
a crime. They alarm the house owners when there are
strangers around.

I. ________________________________________
A. ______________________________________
B. ______________________________________
C. ______________________________________

B. Go back to informational text entitled Bamboos. Write a


two-level sentence outline about it. Use the template below.

Bamboos

I. ___________________________________________
A. _________________________________________
B. _________________________________________
C. _________________________________________

II. ___________________________________________
A. _________________________________________
B. _________________________________________
C. _________________________________________

156
Find Out and Learn

Read the sentences below.

A B
The bamboo grows as tall Some bamboos grow as big
as big trees. as trees.

C D
The farmer uses bamboo as a Farmers use bamboo as a fence
fence for his garden and farm. for their garden and farm.

Study the chart below.

Singular Plural

The bamboo grows Some bamboos grow


The farmer uses Farmers use

157
Remember

-s or -es is added with the base form of the verb to talk about
singular subject.
The base form of the verb is used to talk about plural subject.

Do and Learn

A. Choose the correct form of the verb in the parentheses to complete


the sentence. Write your answers on a separate sheet of paper.

Animal Beds
Edie Adams

A bat (sleep, sleeps) in a cave


The bird (rests, rest) in a tree
Rabbits (stay, stays) in a tunnel underground
and fish (sleep, sleeps) in the sea.

B. Write sentences about the picture. Use the present tense of the
verb. Write your answers on a separate sheet of paper.

1. ________________________________

158
2. _____________________________

3. _____________________________

4. ____________________________

5. ____________________________

C. Use the following subjects in sentences. Write your answers


on a separate sheet of paper.

1. butterflies and other insects


2. all creatures
3. tall trees
4. a chick
5. his father

159
Learn Some More

Some of the stanzas are not complete. Fill in the blanks with verbs
in the present tense. The first one is done for you. Practise reading
the part of the poem. Recite it to the class.

Over in the Meadow


All: Over in the meadow
Under the shady tree,
Live some little creatures
And their families.
Group 1
Hop, says the mother frog;
Hop? say her little ones:
So she ____and _____
In the sand, in the sun.
Group 2
Swim, says the mother fish;
Swim? say her babies two:
So they ____and _____
In the river so blue.
Group 3
Shine, says the mother firefly;
Shine? say her babies three:
So they _____and _____
In the leaves of the tree.
Group 4
Walk, says the mother crab;
Walk? say her babies four:
So they ____ and they____
In the sand, on the shore.

Group 5
Fly, says the mother bee;
Fly? say her babies five:
So they ____ and they_____
In the air, near the hive.

160
Group 6
Sing, says the mother bee;
Sing? say her babies six:
So they _____ and _____
In their nest built of sticks.

Group 7
Chirp, says the mother cricket;
Chirp? say her babies seven:
So they _____ and ______
In their little cricket heaven.

Group 8
Crawl, says the mother lizard;
Crawl? say her babies eight:
So they_______ and ___________
By the old wooden gate.

Group 9
Eat, says the mother spider;
Eat? say her babies nine:
So they ____ and ____
In their cobweb so fine.

Group 10
Quack, says the mother duck;
Quack? say her babies ten:
So they ______ and they ______
And they ______ once again.

Write about It

A. Here is a paragraph. Write a two-point outline in your notebook.

Spiders catch food in different ways. They spin silk to


catch insects. Some leap into the air to catch their prey.
Some spiders use sheets of silk to wrap their prey like
mummies.

161
B. Read the paragraph below. Write a two-level outline of the
selection using the template on the next page. Write your answers
on a separate sheet of paper. The following questions will guide
you in writing the paragraph.
What is the topic of each paragraph?
What sentences say something about the topic?

Honey Bees

Honey bees are insects about of an inch big. They are


reddish-brown and black with yellow stripes in the abdomen.
The head, legs, and antennae are black. Their thorax is
covered with thick pale hair.

They live in a hive. A hive accommodates at least 80,000


bees, most of which are worker bees. The hive is sometimes
built in a hole of a tree. It is ruled by a queen bee. She is the
biggest bee in the hive. Along with her live the bee workers.
They do all the work in the hive. Their tasks include caring for
larvae, making wax, building honeycomb, cleaning the hive,
and storing pollen.

Honey bees collect nectar and pollen from different types


of flowers to make honey. The worker bee sucks the nectar
from the flower. It brings the nectar to the hive and passes it
on to the other worker bee. The worker holds the nectar in her
tongue until the water evaporates. She is left with honey on
her tongue. The honey will be stored in the hive and eaten in
the winter.

www.fcps.edu/islandcreekes/ecology/honey-bee.htm

162
_______
Title
I. _____________________________________
A. __________________________________
B. __________________________________
C. __________________________________

II. _____________________________________
A. __________________________________
B. __________________________________
C. __________________________________

III. _____________________________________
A. __________________________________
B. __________________________________
C. __________________________________
Check your outline using the checklist below. Write your answers
on a separate sheet of paper.
Checklist for Assessing Outline Writing

Yes No

1. Is the title written in the middle?

2. Are Roman numerals used to signal the main idea?

3. Are the supporting details clearly stated?

4. Are the supporting details written in capital letters?

5. Do the sentences begin with a capital letter and


end with a period?

6. Are the words correctly spelled?

7. Has the format in writing an outline been followed?

163
Week 5 - Friendly Creatures

Read and Learn

Read the story.

Fish Is Fish
Adapted

At the edge of the woods, there was a pond, and there


a minnow and a tadpole swam among the weeds. They were
inseparable friends. They were always together.

One morning, the tadpole discovered that during the night


he had grown two little legs. Look, he said triumphantly. Look,
I am a frog!

Nonsense, said the minnow. How could you be a frog if


only last night you were a little fish, just like me!

They argued and argued until finally the tadpole said,


Frogs are frogs and fish is fish and thats that!

In the weeks that followed, the tadpole grew tiny front legs
and his tail got smaller and smaller. And one day, a real frog
now, he climbed out of the water and onto the grassy bank.
The minnow had grown and had become a full-fledged fish.
He often wondered where his four-footed friend had gone. But
days and weeks went by but the frog did not return.

Where do you think had the frog gone?

Then, one day, with a happy splash that shook the weeds,
the frog jumped into the pond. Where have you been? asked
the fish excitedly.

I have been about the worldhopping here and there,


said the frog and I have seen extraordinary things.

164
Like what? asked the fish.
Birds, said the frog mysteriously.
Birds? And he told the fish about the birds that had wings,
and two legs, and many, many colors. As the frog talked, his
friend saw the birds fly through his mind like a large feathered
fish.
What else? asked the fish impatiently.
Cows, said the frog. Cows?
They have four legs, horns, eat grass, and carry pink bags
of milk.
And people! Men, women, children! And he talked and
talked until it was dark in the pond.
But the picture in the fishs mind was full of lights and colors
and marvelous things and he couldnt sleep. Ah, if he could
only jump about like his friend and see that wonderful world.
And so the days went by. The frog had gone and the fish
just lay there dreaming about birds in flight, grazing cows, and
those strange animals all dressed up that his friend called
people.
One day, he finally decided that come what may, he too
must see them. And so with a mighty whack of the tail he
jumped clear out of the water onto the bank.

What do you think will happen to the fish? Why?

He landed in the dry, warm grass and there he lay gasping


for air, unable to breathe or move. Help, he groaned feebly.

What do you think will happen? Guess the ending of the


story.

165
Talk about It

Answer the following questions.


1. Who are the characters in the story?
2. What did the fish and the frog argue about?
3. What happened to the fish one day?
4. What is a good ending for the story?

Do and Learn

Draw the possible ending.


A.

What could
happen
1. 2. 3. next?

B.

1. 2. 3.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5.
What is the
possible
ending?
4. 5.

166
C. Tell the possible ending.

Joy was feeding her fish in the aquarium. She loves her koi so
much. She did not notice her little brother playing with his basket-
ball near her. Suddenly, she heard a loud crash.

Remember

In giving an ending to a story, consider these important


things:

a) It may suggest a solution to the characters problem; or


b) It may come out of the characters action.

Learn Some More

Read the story and give a possible ending. Act it out.

One Sunday morning, Aleeza went to her grandmothers


farm. She was so excited because grandmother said there
were plenty of butterflies in the meadow that day. Aleeza
liked butterflies so much. She went to the meadow with her
dog Bantay. Aleeza saw a beautiful orange butterfly. This
was the first time that she has seen this. She chased the
butterfly until it landed on a big gumamela plant. Aleeza
was about to catch the butterfly when Bantay barked loud.
Little did she know that there was a big snake nearby. What
do you think is a possible ending to the story?

167
Find Out and Learn


Read the following sentences from the story Fish Is Fish. Study
the underlined words.

1. They were inseparable friends. They always go together.



2. As the frog talked, his friend saw the birds fly through his
mind like a large feathered fish. What else? asked the
fish impatiently.

Remember

A prefix is a letter or group of letters added before a word.


It changes the meaning of the word. Among the commonly used
prefixes are in- and im- which both mean not.

Do and Learn

A. The underlined words in the sentences below have the prefix


which means not. Choose the meaning of the underlined words
from the words in the box.

wrong indirect rude timeless

1. Jasons score in the English test was almost perfect. He


has one incorrect answer.
2. While the teacher was talking, Jason called out his friend.
He is impolite.
3. Ben thought he was immortal.

168
B. Complete the chart below using the prefix in- or im-.

Meaning
Root word New word
of the New Word
1.expensive cheap
2. sufficient scarce
3. moderate too much
4. patient short-tempered

C. Add the correct prefix to form the new words. Give the meaning
of the newly formed words.

Meaning
Root word New word
of the New Word

1. appropriate
2. sane
3. active
4. direct
5. perfect
6. proper
7. possible
8. material

D. Choose three words from the with prefixes im- or in- and use
them in sentences.

1. _____________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________

169
Try and Learn

Exercise 1

Look at the pictures. Use possessive pronouns. The first one is


done for you.

Dolphins ball - its ball

Monkeys red cap - ________

Bees beehive - ___________

Birds bills - ______________

Cats red ribbon - __________

170
Exercise 2

Rewrite the sentences by replacing the underlined words with


possessive pronouns.

1. Butterflys wings are big. The butterflys wings have different


colors. As the butterfly grows, the wings colors fade.
2. Butterflys body is made up of three parts: the head, thorax,
and abdomen.
3. Butterflys life span is only about a week.

Remember

A possessive pronoun shows possession or ownership.


a) Singular Possessive Pronouns
his hers its
b) Plural Possessive Pronouns
ours theirs

Do and Learn

Read the poem below. Note the words in bold face: I, its, my, and
mine.
It Is about My Pet Dog
I have a pet dog. Its name is Jack.
It is my dog. The dog is mine.

The poem has another version. Change the word I into You.

You have a pet dog. Its name is Jack.


It is your dog. The dog is yours.

171
Continue replacing the pronouns with the other pronouns.

a. They
b. We

Recite the poem made.


Change the word pet dog to other objects.

Example:

I have a pen. It is new.


It is my pen. The pen is mine.

Learn Some More

A. Construct sentences about the pictures using possessive


pronouns.




______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

172
B. Choose the possessive pronoun that best completes each
sentence.

(My, Mine) brother planted a mango tree in (our, ours)


backyard. Jarens brother trims (its, its) branches every
week. They take good care of the mango tree.

Find Out and Learn

Read the paragraph taken from the story Fish Is Fish.

(1) Luckily, Frog, which had been hunting butterflies


nearby, saw Fish, and with all its strength pushed Fish back
into the pond. (2) Still stunned, Fish floated about for an
instant, then it breathed deeply, letting the clean cool water
run through its gills. (3) Now, Fish felt weightless again and
with an ever-so-slight motion of his tail, it could move to
and fro, up and down, as before.

Luckily, Frog, which had been hunting butterflies nearby, saw Fish
and with all its strength pushed Fish back into the pond.
To whom does the word its refer to in the sentence?

antecedent

Luckily, Frog, which had been hunting butterflies


nearby, saw Fish, with all its strength pushed Fish back into
the pond.
The pronoun that refers to the antecedent

173
Remember

A pronoun agrees with its antecedent in number and


gender.

Agreement in Number If the antecedent of a pronoun



is singular, a singular pronoun is required. If the
antecedent is plural, a plural pronoun is required.

Example: Lei has a red umbrella. Her umbrella is red.

Agreement in Gender Masculine gender is indicated by



he, his, and him. Feminine gender is indicated by she,
her, and hers.

Example: This dog is Joses pet. This dog is his pet. This
dog is his.

Neuter gender is indicated by it and its.

Do and Learn

A. Identify the pronouns in each sentence and the antecedent it


refers to.
a. In a field one summer day, a grasshopper was hopping
about, chirping and singing to its hearts content.
b. An ant passed by with its burden of a kernel of corn.
c. The red ant went on her way and continued her toil.

pronoun antecedent
a.
b.
c.

174
B. Underline the antecedent and circle the pronoun that it agrees
with.

1. A reporter interviewed Alice Mayer after (her, their) home was


struck by a tornado.

2. Her son Angelo spent most of (his, their) time cleaning up the
yard.

3. Angelos brothers are staying in (his, their) grandmothers
home tonight.

4. After the interview, the reporter submitted (her, their) assignment
to the editor.

5. The newspaper featured her articles on tornadoes on (its,


their) front page.

Learn Some More

Read the paragraphs below. In each sentence, underline the


antecedent and box the pronoun that refers to it.

1. Athena and her family will visit grandmother today. They will
be using their brand new car. Athena thought of bringing ripe
guavas she harvested for her grandmother. Arman will be giving
his winning painting as a surprise to his loving grandmother.
Athena and Arman love their grandmother that much.

2. One day, Mario and Jose were on their way to school. They saw
something on the street. Somebody must have dropped his
wallet, said Mario. He picked the wallet and hurried to school.
Along the way, they met Katelyn. The girl must be looking for
her wallet, said Jose. Mario gave the wallet to Katelyn. Thank
you so much, Katelyn said.

175
3. The children were busy in school one Monday morning. Mary
and Paul studied their spelling words. Josie played with her
guitar. Anthony talked to his judo coach about the upcoming
tournament. Suddenly, they heard a loud bang! Everyone in
the room turned to where the sound came from.

Write about It

A. Read the selection and write a two-level sentence outline.

Spiders
Cecilia B. Corsino

Spiders are tiny animals that spin silk to catch insects.


Some spiders spin silk webs to trap food. Such webs are
sticky that when an insect flies into one, it cannot escape.
Some spiders leap into the air, to catch their prey, and float
to the ground on a dragline or silk thread. Some spiders use
sheets of silk to wrap their prey like mummies.

Source: English This Way 4, p. 290

How spiders catch food


A. ________________________
B. ________________________
C. ________________________

176
B. Here is another paragraph. Write an outline using the following
format.

Tarsier

Tarsiers can be found in Southeast Asia. In the Philippines,


they are in the islands of Samar, Leyte, and Bohol. They live in
trees and in the roots of plants like bamboo.

The tarsier is one of the smallest primates; it is no larger


than an adult mans hand. It has brown and gray fur covering
its body. Its hind legs and feet are elongated. It has big round
eyes.

The tarsier is nocturnal. It sleeps during the day and finds


food at night. It mainly eats insects.

Tarsier
(Outline)

I. Tarsiers can be found in Southeast Asia


A. ____________________
B. ____________________
C. ____________________

II. It is one of the smallest primates.


A. _____________________
B. _____________________
C. _____________________
D. _____________________

III. It is nocturnal.
A. _____________________
B. _____________________

177
Week 6 - A Place to Remember

Read and Learn

Solve the word puzzle. Choose the word from the box to complete
the puzzle.

seaweed peaceful helpless boulder turmoil

1 2
3

4
5

Across:
3. calm
5. rock

Down:

1. kind of algae in the sea


2. weak
4. chaos

178
Read the story below.
Bing, the Little Whale Shark
Jomike Tejido

The bay of Sorsogon is home to large whale sharks. Here,


they freely feed, grow, and play everyday. Theres a young
whale who loves to play hide-and-seek. Where could Bing
be? his playmates would ask. And today, hes not within the
corals; hes not among the seaweeds or even under the sand.
Bing hides very well. And he startles others when he comes out
of his hiding place.

Boo! Bing would shout. He suddenly appears everywhere.

One night while the whale sharks were playing, unexpected


workers came. The whale sharks were scared. Bing! You have
to come out now! Its too dangerous to play! they shouted. But
Bing was nowhere to be found.

Where do you think could little Bing have gone?

After a few moments, Bing finally appeared. Boo! he


shouted. But he was surprised with what he saw. His playmates
were hiding behind a boulder and their elders were in flurry.

Whats happening? Bing worried.

What do you think happened?

The grownups shouted and pleaded back. They were trying


to free themselves from the traps. They endured the pain. But
they were helpless against the visitors.

Bing thought of something. He gathered all his playmates.


Were going to play hide-and-seek! Bing said. Why are we
playing when everythings a mess? asked his playmates.

179
Trust me, this will be different. Ill tell you where I hide! Bing
answered.

Wag your tails as hard as you can, look up at the moon, and
flap your fins like a bird, Bing said. His playmates followed
him. Because the sea was in turmoil that night, the visitors did
not notice what was happening behind them.

Your hiding place is great! his playmates said to Bing. Will we


stay hidden here? No, Ill tell you now how to go back! replied
Bing. Juuuuuuuump! the whale sharks shouted in unison.

The moon and stars are falling from the sky! the visitors said
in fear. Lets get out of here!

That night the sea became peaceful once more. The


grownups thanked the little ones for saving them. Lets play
patintero this time! Bing invited his playmates.

Talk about It

Answer the following questions.

1. Who are the main characters in the story?


2. Where did the story take place?
3. Where does Bing hide?
4. What kind of shark is Bing? Why?
5. What happened one day?
6. How did Bing save his friends?
7. If you were Bing, would you do the same? Why?
8. Have you ever saved others from danger? Share it with the
class.

180
Find Out and Learn

Here are parts of the story. Read each part. Guess what will happen
next.

One night while the whale sharks were playing, unexpected


workers came. The whale sharks were scared. Bing! You have
to come out now! Its too dangerous to play! they shouted. But
Bing was nowhere to be found.

Where do you think did little Bing go?

Bing thought of something. He gathered all his playmates


and told them that they are going to play a different game. He
asked them to wag their tails as hard as they could and jump.

What do you think happened? Why did the whales do this?

The moon and stars are falling from the sky! the visitors
said in fear. Lets get out of here!

Why do you think they said this? What could have been
done? Why?

Remember

Predicting is giving possile outcomes or events that could


happen in the story based on the situations or ideas presented.
It is important to listen/read the details carefully. Look for clues
and use what you know to predict outcomes.

181
Do and Learn

Read each situation below and predict the outcomes.



1. It rained so hard the night before. The road on her way to
school was slippery. Lana hurriedly ran to school. What do
you think happened?

2. In school, Joey is worried because the weather is not good.


It is about to rain. He lives near the river bank. What do you
think happened?

3. It is Sunday. Alice and her family are going to the beach.


Alice is so excited. It is her first time to go to the beach
with her entire family. When everyone was finally ready, it
began to rain hard. What do you think Alice and the family
will do?

4. It was raining heavily. Athena was in school. She was about


to go home, but she had no umbrella, and it was getting
late. What do you think Athena will do?

5. Lester and his friends went to the beach to swim despite


the heavy rain. He went further and further into the water.
Then his friends heard him shouting for help. What do you
think happened to Lester?

182
Try and Learn

Continue predicting outcomes. Read the selection and act out what
will happen next.

Ted, Maya, and Ben were playing inside their house on


Sunday morning. They laughed, shouted, and ran around their
house. Ted bumped the center table. A loud clashing sound
followed. Mother came in. Act out what happens next.

Find Out and Learn

Read the sentences taken from the story. Notice the underlined
words. Give the meaning of the words.
1. The sea became peaceful once more.
2. The whales were helpless against the visitors.
How did you find the meaning of the word?

In the first sentence, the word peaceful is from the word


peace. The suffix -ful is added at the end. The new word
formed is peaceful which means full of peace.

In the second sentence, the word helpless has a suffix


-less which means without. What do you think is the meaning
of the word helpless?

Remember

Suffixes are syllables added at the end of a word which


changes the meaning of the root word.
Examples: -less, -ful, ness, etc.

183
Try and Learn

Exercise 1
Form new words by adding the suffix -less to the words outside the
circle. Give the meaning of the newly formed words.
care-

fruit- -less
-less child-


tooth-
What words were you able to form?
What is the meaning of the newly formed words?

Exercise 2
Complete the chart. Write down the words asked for. Use the suffix
-less or -full. The first one is done for you.

Word New word Meaning


fear fearless without fear
hope
home
child
help
cheer
boast
thank
grace
peace

184
Do and Learn

Change the words inside the parentheses by using correct suffixes


to complete the meaning of the sentences. Write the words on a
separate sheet of paper.

1. Ryan loves being outdoor. He likes to sleep in his tent. He


loves star gazing. However, tonight the sky is ________
(no stars).
2. The plants in the yard are _________ (no flowers). The
trees are ______ (no fruit).
3. It is a ______ (full of beauty) day. Angelo is going to see his
grandparents. He will help them harvest mangoes today.

Read and Learn

Read the selection below. Give the time expressions that denote
the present tense.

A Day in the Farm

Everyday Father goes to the farm to plant vegetables.


Today, Lia and Jose go with him. In the farm, Jose plays
with the animals. He enjoys horseback riding. Edna gathers
ears of corn and boils them.

There is a big activity in the farm today. It is time to


harvest the mangoes. Lia and Jose are excited. They help
Father gather the mangoes and put them in the baskets. .

It is really fun to go with Father to the farm.

185
Do and Learn

A. Read the sentences and fill with the correct time expression.

1. Ryan and Athena are friends. They play in the park _______.
2. I feel wonderful __________. My mother will take me to the
movie house.
3. My Father reads the newspaper __________________.
4. The gumamela plant needs a great amount of water. Elsa and
Ana water it ___________.
5. A growing gumamela needs plenty of nutrients. The sisters put
fertilizer ________ month.

Remember

The words today, every morning, and every afternoon


are time expressions in the present tense. They denote that
actions are done regularly.

Learn Some More

A. Read the sentences carefully and write the correct time expression
in your notebook.

1. Fish and Frog are friends. They play in the pond _______.
2. _________, they meet at the pond.
3. And ______ the tadpole discovers that he has two legs.
4. _______ the fish did not believe that the tadpole has legs.
5. _______ they quarrel. In the end, agree that fish are fish and
frogs are frogs.

186
B. Answer the following questions using sentences with verbs and
time expressions.

What do you do every morning?

What does your family usually do on weekends?

What do you do before going to school?

Where does your family spend the summer vacation?

187
Week 7 - On Earth and Under the Sea

Read and Learn

Read the story.

How the Jellyfish Lost His Bone


Readers Theater

Narrator: Long ago, the jellyfish had bones just like all the
other fish. At that time, the king of the fish was getting old. One
day, he married a pretty little princess. But the princess was so
unhappy with the old king. She made believe that she was very
sick and that only a monkeys liver could cure her.

Little Princess: Get me a monkey or I will die!

King: My Queen, monkeys could only be found on land and it


would be very hard to get one.

Little Princess: I dont care! I must have a monkey!

Narrator: The king called the brave fish and ordered him to
look and bring back a monkeys liver. After a long swim, the fish
found the monkey seated on a tree.

Monkey: Who are you? What do you want?

What do you think the brave fish did to get the monkeys
liver?
Brave Fish: Ive just swam around the world. And I am going
back to the finest land Ive ever seen. It has beautiful trees for
climbing and plenty of fruits for eating.
Monkey: I want to go, too.
Brave Fish: Climb on my back!

188
Narrator: The Brave Fish smiled and off they went. When they
could not see land anymore, the monkey became afraid.
Monkey: Ive changed my mind. This land is too far; please
bring me back to my tree.
Brave Fish: I have to bring you to my Queen who is sick. Only
a monkeys liver can cure her.
Monkey: Why didnt you tell me sooner? I am very honored; but
you see, my liver is quite big and heavy, so I keep it on a branch
of the tree. Well have to go back and get it.

What do you think happened to the fish and the monkey?


Narrator: They turned around to get the liver. When they
reached the tree, the clever monkey quickly jumped to safety
and looked around.
Monkey: Somebody must have taken it. Ill have to find another
one. Youll have to tell first the king that Im looking for my liver.
Come back to fetch me.
Brave Fish: Thats a good idea. Ill do that. The king will be so
happy for that.

What do you think happened to the brave fish?

Narrator: When the brave fish returned home with nothing, the
king was so angry. He ordered the brave fish punished. The
poor fellow was beaten up until he had no bones left. And when
it was over, the brave fish was all pale and soft like jelly and no
one could hurt him anymore. The queen went on pretending to
be sick and asked her silly, old king for all sorts of new cures.

189
Tell and Learn

A. Retell the story using pictures.

B. Give the possible endings.

If you were to decide on another ending of the story, which of


the following endings would you choose? Explain why.

a. The King will give the brave fish a second chance.


b. The brave fish will fight the king.
c. The brave fish will kill the king.

Talk about It

Answer the following questions.

1. Why did the king call the brave fish?


2. Did the brave fish follow the kings order? Why?
3. What happened when the brave fish found the monkey?
4. What can you say about the monkeys trick?
5. If you were the brave fish, would you believe the monkey?
Why?
6. What did the king do to the brave fish? Why?

190
7. If you were the king/fish, what would you do?
8. Why did the jellyfish lose his bones?
9. Do you like the ending of the story? How would you like to
end the story?
10. What lesson does this story give?

Read and Learn

Read the poem.

In the Forest
Tall trees growing on a mountain top
To me like a queenly crown I see
Wild animals running so swiftly
As lively children full of glee.

Wild plants and animals are treasures to us,


Giving us food and shelter that we may live
If we take good care of them each day
No floods will happen in our community.

Men and hunters come as cruel enemies


Destroying priceless riches that abound
God-given nature so carelessly destroyed
Bringing us floods and other calamities.

Talk about It

Answer the following questions.

1. What can we see in the forest?


2. How do trees look like?
3. How do animals run?
4. What are our treasures in the forest?
5. Why do we consider plants and animals our treasures?

191
6. What would happen if there were no more trees in the
forest?
7. How do we take care of them?
8. As pupils, what can you do to preserve our plants and
animals in the forest?
9. What does this poem teach us?

Remember

A simile is a figure of speech used to compare two different


ideas or objects using as or like.

Try and Learn

Exercise 1
Write S if the sentence has simile and X if it has not. Do this in your
notebook.
1. We see stars in the sky at night.
2. She is the apple of her parents eyes.
3. He is as slow as a turtle.
4. Her brother runs as fast as the wind.
5. Her teacher talks like a newscaster.

Exercise 2
Match Column A with Column B to complete the sentence. Write the
letter of the correct answer in your notebook.
A B
___1. Mariel swims _____. a. like a dog
___2. He is as tall _____. b. as hard as stone
___3. Rica slept ____. c. as a giant
___4. Richard is as thin ____. d. like a log
___5. Peter eats ____. e. as a stick
f. like a fish
192
Learn Some More

Write sentences using the similes in the box.

as red as gumamela like an old man


as fast as horse like an angel
as busy as a bee

Read and Learn

Read the following conversation.

Rica : Good morning, Lina? How are you?


Lina : Good morning too, Rica! I am fine.
Rica : How was your birthday?
LIna : Very memorable!
Rica : What made it memorable?
Lina : My aunt in America greeted me.
My uncle promised to send me a walking doll.
Rica : What about your mother, what did she give you?
Lina : She didnt give me anything but she cooked my
favorite food.
My father harvested fruits in the farm. Everybody
enjoyed eating the fruits.
Rica : Thats wonderful! Im happy for you. Belated
happy birthday!
Lina : Thank you, Rica.
Rina : Youre welcome.

193
Talk about It

Answer the following questions.

1. What are the underlined sentences in the dialog?


2. What are the verbs in the sentences?
3. When did the actions happen?
4. What are the simple forms of the verbs greeted, promised,
cooked, harvested, and enjoyed?
5. What letters are added to form the past tense?

Remember

Regular verbs use -ed or -d to tell past action. The spelling


changes when we add -ed or -d.

Try and Learn

Exercise 1

Complete the sentences by writing the past form of the verb on


your notebook.

1. Last vacation, my mother ___ (receive) a gift box from her


sister in America.
2. She___ (open) it with great joy.
3. My sister___ (dance) with joy because of her new bag.
4. My brother___ (look) for his pair of shoes in the box.
5. We ____ (call) my Aunt to thank her for the surprises.

194
Exercise 2

Complete the story using the verbs found in the box.

called shouted laughed stopped cleaned

One day, Mother and Mario ________ the house. Mother


________ because she saw a snake. Mario ________ Father
because he was afraid of it. Father ________ at them because
it wasnt real, it was only a toy. All of them ________ working.

Exercise 3

From the list below, pick out the five misspelled verbs in the past
tense. Write them on your paper. Then write the correct spelling on
the right side of each word.

1. prepared danced missed cleaned helped


2. pushed sleepd roasted remembered passt
3. buildt asked swam deliver visited

Read and Learn

In the Farm

My vacation in the farm is perfect. The whole family stayed


there for one month. We helped our father in harvesting fruits.
We also helped our mother in cooking our food. I learned many
things about cooking.

I enjoyed my vacation very much. Next year, the whole


family will stay there again. I hope my parents will allow me to
swim in the river.

195
Remember

A paragraph is made up of sentences that explain or present


the details of a topic.

A good paragraph has three parts.



1. The beginning sentence, which usually states the main
idea
2. The middle sentences, which support the main idea
3. The ending sentence, which summarizes the idea

Remember to observe the following tips in writing a



paragraph:
1. Focus on one topic.
2. Complete the paragraph with an ending sentence,
which may be an idea, a decision, or a conclusion.
3. Indent the first sentence of the paragraph.
4. Begin the first word of a sentence with a capital letter.
5. End each sentence with the correct punctuation mark.

Write about It

Write a paragraph about your experience during a summer vacation.


Use the following questions as your guide in writing the paragraph.
Do this on a separate sheet of paper.

1. What was your experience? Describe your feelings.


2. Where did it happen?
3. When did it happen?
4. Who were your companions?
5. What did you do?
6. What would you like to happen next time?

196
Read and Learn

Read the news article below.

KSPEDS broadcasting team bags award


in NSPC 2014

The Kalamay Special Education School (KSPEDS)


Radio Broadcasters won third place in Best in Infomercial,
Filipino category, during the Annual National Schools
Press Conference (NSPC) in Subic, Olongapo City.

The members of KSPEDS broadcasting team


were Dhea Denlaza, Lady Lou Sandoval, Sheena Heart
Jumangit, Felicity Fiona Wooton, Cev Ellis Calunsag,
Moonyeen Sofia Sabdula, and Schwar Clifford Mascaria.
Their coaches were Mr. Randy Devis and Mrs. Cheryl
Velasco. Both are teachers in the school.

That was the most memorable experience of the


group. Everyone was so excited to see other journalists
from different places in the country. Our group jumped for
joy when the announcer mentioned our group as one of
the winners. We are very proud to have brought prestige to
our school, Dhea Denlaza said during the interview.

197
Talk about It

Answer the following questions.


1. What is the news about?
2. When did the event happen?
3. Where did it happen?
4. Why do you think they were chosen as one of the winners?
5. How did they feel when their group was mentioned as
winners?

Find Out and Learn

1. What is the headline of the news?


2. What is the primary lead?
3. What is the secondary lead?
4. Which are less important statements?

Remember

Basic Structure of News:


1. Straight news follows the traditional structure of
news writing. It is written in an inverted pyramid
form. The most important facts are placed at the
beginning which is called Lead. The other less
significant details and background are given in
succeeding paragraphs.
2. Primary lead is a short paragraph which answers
at least four of the Ws and one H questions.

198
Do and Learn

Read the article below and answer the questions that follow.

KSPEDS pupils receives school supplies


from Gov. Salud
All pupils of Kalamay Special Education School
(KSPEDS) received a bundle of school supplies from
Governor Wilfredo Y. Salud on December 5, 2014 at
KSPEDS Conference Hall. The pupils were very pleased
to accept the gifts. Each of them received notebooks,
pad paper, pencil, ballpen, and a box of crayons. They
considered the school supplies as an early Christmas gift
from the governor. KSPEDS Principal, Mr. Joselito Palos,
distributed the supplies on behalf of the governor.

1. What is the headline of the news?


2. What is the primary lead of the news?
3. What is the secondary lead?
4. Which statements are less important?

Learn Some More

Look for news papers/school papers.


Browse the news page and copy the primary lead.

199
Week 8 - Forest Adventures

Try and Learn


Exercise 1

Arrange the pictures as they happened in the story. Write first,


second, third, and fourth below the picture.
The King of the Forest and His Three Advisers

a. b. c. d.
Exercise 2
Complete the story map.
Ma in Cha ra c ter

Minor
The
The King
King of the
of the Forest
Forest a nd
Minor cCharacter
ha ra c ters Setting
andHis
His Three Advisers
Three Ad visers

Prob lem Solution

Exercise 3
Arrange the sentences as they happened in the story. Write 1 to 9
on the space provided.
______The goat was torn to pieces.
______The king called the goat.
______The king called the horse.
______The queen told the king that his breath was
unpleasant.
______The horse was sent home to take a rest.
______The king was in an irritable mood.

200
Read and Learn

Read the story.

The Green Bird


There was a small Green Bird, as green as a leaf,
that lived in a forest. He had a long tail that bobbed up and
down when he sang. The crest on his head spread like a
tiny fan when he was alarmed. He was just a little bigger
than a sparrow but more slender.
In the morning when the sun came up, he sang: Tweet!
Tweet! Tweet! Hello! Hello! Hello! And in the evening when
the sun went down, he sang: Tweet! Tweet! Tweet! So
long! So long! So long! He sang his songs over and over.
He never grew tired of singing the same thing.
One day, the little Green Bird sang to his Ladylove:
Tweet! Tweet! Tweet! Come here! Come here! Come
here! And Ladylove came. They built a nest at the end
of the branch. She laid two green eggs, not very big. She
sat and sat all day long until, Tap! Tap! Tap! The birdlings
hatched from the eggs and popped out.
What do you think happened next?

Tweet! Tweet! Tweet! Im here! Im here! Im here!


and they opened their mouths wide to be fed. The Green
Bird and his Ladylove fed their chicks until they were old
enough to fly.
One day, Green Bird got sick, so Ladylove went out to
look for food. After two days, Green Bird called his Ladylove.
Tweet! Tweet! Tweet! Come home! Come home! Come
home!

201
Did Ladylove come back home?

But Ladylove did not come. He called again: Tweet!


Tweet! Come here! Come here! But still she did not come.
The next day, Green Bird felt good. He flew to the tallest
tree in the forest and sang. Tweet! Tweet! Tweet! Come
here! Come here! Come here! and still she did not reply.
After singing several times, he knew she would never
come again. So the little Green Bird flew into the air,
higher and higher. He soared into the blue sky, singing
and singing to his Ladylove: Tweet! Tweet! Tweet! Come
home! Come home! Come home!

Talk about It

Answer the following questions.

1. How does Green Bird look?


2. What does he do every morning? Every evening?
3. What does he do to make his Ladylove come near?
4. What did Green Bird and Ladylove build at the end of the
branch?
5. How many eggs did they have?
6. What did they do to hatch the eggs?
7. When the birdlings opened their mouths, what did Green
Bird and Ladylove do?
8. What kind of parents were they?
9. What happened when Green Bird got sick?
10. What did Green Bird do when his Ladylove did not come
back?
11. When Green Bird felt good, what did he do?

202
12. What did you feel when his Ladylove did not come back?
13. What do you think happened to his Ladylove?
14. If you were his Ladylove, would you go away and leave
Green Bird?
15. How did Green Bird know that his Ladylove will not come
back anymore?
16. How did he feel when his Ladylove did not come back?
17. If you were Green Birds friend, how would you comfort
him?
18. What did he do when he knew his Ladylove would not come
back anymore? Did he stop looking for her?
19. What lesson does this story tell us?

Read and Learn

Underline the simile in the poem.

Rain comes in various sizes


Some rain is as small as mist.

It tickles your face with surprises,


And tingles as if youd been kissed.
Some rain is the size of sand
And doesnt put out all the sun.

You can see the drops sparkle and twinkle,


And a rainbow comes out when its done.

203
Do and Learn

Match the following parts of sentences by writing the letter of the


correct simile.
1. The rose bush had thorns ______. a. as high as the sky
2. The star athlete ran _______. b. as old as ice
3. His kite climbed _______. c. as black as coal
4. The burned bread was_______. d. as fast as a horse
e. as sharp as pin

Remember

A simile is a figure of speech used to compare two


different ideas or objects using as or like.

Learn Some More

Read each sentence carefully. Fill in the blanks with the words that
will complete the sentence. Write your answers on a separate sheet
of paper.
1. Ones manners are like a mirror of ones self.
____________ and ____________ are compared.
2. You are like an angel from above.
____________ and ____________ are compared.
3. Writing is like swimming in a calm sea.
____________ and ____________ are compared.
4. A child is as precious as a jewel.
____________ and ____________ are compared.
5. Father is as funny as a clown.
____________ and ____________ are compared.

204
Read and Learn

Read the dialog below.

Noe : Hi, Rico! You have a nice cellphone.


Rico : Yes, it is. My grandparents bought it for me as my
birthday gift.
Noe : Cellphones are really useful. You can call up anybody,
anywhere.
Rico : Thats true. When I got lost in a mall, I called up my
grandmother and told her where I was. In a matter of
minutes, she found me near the bookstore.

Study the table below.

Present Past Present Past


begin began grow grew
build built hide hid
break broke keep kept
creep crept leave left
deal dealt lend lent
drink drank meet met
drive drove ride rode
eat ate run ran
feel felt send sent
feed fed sleep slept
fly flew sit sat
give gave tell told

Present Past Present Past


bet bet hit hit
broadcast broadcast hurt hurt
cost cost put put
cut cut read read

205
Remember

Most irregular verbs change their spelling when they form


the past tense. A few have the same form in both present and
past tense. (Examples: put-put; read-read)

Try and Learn

Exercise 1

Give the correct past form of the verbs inside the parentheses. Write
your answers in your notebook.

Once upon a time, a hen ____ (find) strange-looking


pellets while scratching the ground. Aha! she said, What
special corn grits for me to eat! Suddenly, Aling Maria ____
(come) with a basket of corn grits to feed the chickens. She
___ (see) the glittering pellets. She __ (run) towards the golden
pellets hurriedly. She ___ (take) them and __ (leave) at once.
Meanwhile, the hen __ (eat) the corn grits Aling Maria
___ (leave) behind. The hen __ (is) happy she___ (has) corn
grits to eat the whole day.

Exercise 2

Choose the correct answer from the words in the parentheses. Write
your answers in your notebook.

1. Maria (spend, spent) her vacation in the city last year.


2. They (slept, sleep) outside the house last night.
3. During my birthday, my father (drink, drank) wine.
4. We experienced brownout last night. I was afraid so I (hide,
hid) under the table.
5. Mother (forget, forgot) to close the door a while ago.

206
Exercise 3
Complete the sentences using the correct form of the verbs. Write
your answers on a separate sheet of paper.

lend say feed tell buy

1. She was absent that is why I ___ her my notebook.


2. She ___ I woke up early.
3. Yesterday he ___ the dogs.
4. I ___ mother to stay calm.
5. Maria __ a new dress.

Read and Learn

Read the following slogans. Talk about what it means.


1. Youre What You Eat
2. Water is life, dont waste it.
3. Our earth is the only thing weve got, save it.
4. This nation can be great again.
5. Save a tree for life.

Remember

A slogan is a phrase which is easily remembered. It is


used for political, commercial, religious, and other purposes.
It is usually a repetitive expression of an idea or purpose.
Tips in making a slogan:
1. KISS - Keep it simple and short.
2. Should be catchy
3. Should focus on the big idea
4. Should impart positive feelings

207
Write about It

Write a slogan about the picture below.

Try and Learn

Match each word in Column A with its meaning in Column B. Write


the answer on a separate sheet of paper.
A B
1. atmosphere a. genuine and original
b. having no trees or other
2. autopsy
growing plants
c. the mixture of gases that
3. blush
surrounds an astronomical
object such as the earth
4. authentic d. to turn red in the face
because of emotion,
especially embarrassment,
5. barren shame, modesty, or
pleasure
e. medical examination of
a dead body in order to
establish the cause and
circumstances of death

208
Remember

A dictionary is a reference book that contains


alphabetically arranged words with their meanings, often with
information about grammar and pronunciation.
The pair of words on the topmost part of the dictionary is

called the guide words.
The first guide word found on the left is the first word on

the page. The second guide word is the last word on the
page.

Learn Some More

Using a dictionary, get the meanings of the following words. Write


the answers in your notebook.

1. bookish
2. bountiful
3. brainwash
4. erroneous
5. evasion

209
Week 9 - All about Life

Try and Learn


Copy the Chart Sequence in your notebook. Then write the sentence
numbers in the boxes to show the correct sequence of events.

Why the Tortoises Shell Is Not Smooth


a. They prepared for a feast in the sky.
b. Tortoise fell to the ground.
c. Tortoise and the birds flew up in the sky.
d. Tortoises shell broke into pieces.
e. Tortoises wife brought out all the sharp things outside
their house.
f. Tortoise had eaten the most delicious food while other
birds had eaten the bones thrown on the floor.
g. The medicine man gathered all the bits of shells and put
them together.

Chart Sequence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

210
Do and Learn

Arrange the events as they happen in the story. Write your


answers in your notebook.

___a. The Tortoise asked the birds to allow him to join their
group in going to the feast.
The birds painted their bodies beautifully.
___b. Tortoise told the birds to have new names.
Tortoise was happy as he flew among the birds.
___c. Tortoise ate the most delicious food.
Tortoise stood up and thanked the host.
___d. Birds took back the feathers Tortoise had borrowed.
Tortoise requested the birds to send his message
to his wife.
___e. Tortoise let himself fall to the ground.
Tortoises wife brought out her husbands hoes, knife,
and guns outside.

Learn Some More

Number the events below from 1 to 5 to show the correct order in


making fruit salad. Write your answer on a separate sheet of paper.

___ They peeled and sliced the bananas and mixed them
with other fruits.
___ After freezing the mixture in the refrigerator, they ate the
delicious fruit salad.
___ Liza and her brothers helped Mother prepare the salad.
___ They poured milk, cream, and sugar over the fruits in
the bowl.
___ They washed and peeled the mangoes, apples, and
pineapples.

211
Read and Learn

Read the selection below.

Coconut - The Tree of Life


Unknown

The coconut is the most useful tree known in our country.


All its parts are usable in one way or the other, from its leaves
down to its roots.

The roots of the coconut tree are used in making dye. The
trunks are used as posts for buildings and the hard outer part
of the trunk is cut into boards. On the other hand, the innermost
part of the trunk top is edible. It is called ubod and is used in
cooking fresh lumpia, salad, and pickles.

The coconut fruit has many uses. The outer covering of the
fruit is called husk. The husks are turned into coir which is used
in making mattresses. It is also used for scrubbing the floors
and sinks. It is used as fuel. The shells are dried and turned
into charcoal. Some people prefer to use charcoal in cooking
and ironing clothes. The shells are also polished to be made
into buttons, vases, pot holders, buckles, toys, and decorative
articles.

Inside the dark shell is the coconut meat which is eaten in


a variety of ways. The meat when young is called buko and
is eaten fresh. It is also an important ingredient for preparing
fruit salad or buko gelatin. The matured coconut meat is grated
to get coconut cream which is used in cooking native cakes
and native dishes. The water inside the coconut is a great thirst
quencher.

The most important commercial product of the coconut is


dried coconut meat called copra. It is pressed to get coconut oil.
One hundred nuts can produce fifty pounds of copra which in
turn will yield 60% oil. After pressing the oil, the left-over copra

212
is made into cattle feed because it contains sugar, protein and
vitamins. Coconut oil, which is taken from copra, is used in
making soap, candles, cosmetics, ink, margarine, and bakery
products.

The leaves are dried and used in making mats, hats, baskets,
bags, and placemats. The midribs are made into trays, baskets,
and stick brooms.

The flower clusters are sliced open to get the sap which
makes good vinegar, sugar, and an alcoholic drink called tuba.

Are you now aware of the many uses of the coconut tree? It
is easy to propagate and grow. It lives long and can withstand
rough weather.

Now you can see why it is called the Tree of Life.

Talk about It

1. Why do we call the coconut tree the tree of life?


2. What are the parts of a coconut tree?
3. What are the uses of the roots, trunk, husk, shells, leaves,
meat, and midribs?
4. Are there other parts of the coconut tree not mentioned in the
story?
5. Which part of the coconut tree has many uses?
6. Do you think we can survive if we only have coconut trees
around? Why?

213
Try and Learn

Exercise 1
Write the uses of the shell, trunk, leaves, and meat in your notebook.

Coconut

shell trunk leaves meat

Exercise 2
Draw a coconut tree and label each part.

Read and Learn

Change the underlined verbs into past tense.

Old Mother Hubbard

Old Mother Hubbard She run to the grocery


go to the cupboard And buy him some fruit.
To get her poor dog a bone; When she come back,
When she get there He play the flute.
The cupboard was bare. She go to the shoemakers
She go to the market And buy him some shoes.
And bring him some fish When she come back,
When she come back, He read the news.
He wash the dish.

214
Talk about It

1. What are the underlined words in the first stanza? Second


stanza? Third stanza?
2. Which are regular verbs? Irregular verbs?
3. How do we form the past tense of regular verbs?
Irregular verbs?

Try and Learn

Complete My Diary.

My Diary

Mother and I _______ on a train and _______


Sunday
to Manila.

We _______ to the zoo and _______ at the


Monday animals. When I _______ at the big lion, it
_______. How frightened I was!

We _______ to Luneta and sat near the bench.


Tuesday
I _______ some ice cream.

We _______ to the park and _______ on a


swing.
Wednesday When I was playing, I _______ a new friend.
She _______ me an apple and _______ me
stories.
We _______ home early to my aunts house.
Thursday
We _______ to the radio and _______ TV.

We _______ up early. We _______ on a bus


Friday
and _______ home.

215
Learn Some More

Give the past form of the words inside the parentheses. Write the
answers in your notebook.

I Went Fishing

I (spend) my vacation on a farm. I (ride) on carabaos


and (climb) trees. I (swim) in rivers and (ride) in bangka.
One day, I (wade) in a brook when I (see) a big fish. I
quickly (run) home and (get) a hook and line.

My aunt (smile) and (pat) me on the back. Well see,


she (say).

I (run) back to the brook and (sit) on a big stone. I


(put) some bait on the hook and (throw) the line into the
water. Then, I (watch) and (wait) for the big fish.

Write about It

Write three to five sentences about what you did last Saturday
and Sunday. Do this in your notebook.

________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________.
________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________.

216
Read and Learn

Read the poem.

The Leaves

The leaves had a wonderful frolic


They danced to the winds loud song
They whirled and they floated, and scampered.
They circled and flew along.

The moon saw the little leaves dancing.


Each looked like a small brown bird
The man in the moon smiled and listened
And this is the song he heard.

The North Wind is calling, is calling,


And we must whirl round and round,
And then, when our dancing is ended,
Well make a warm quilt for the ground.

Talk about It

Answer the following questions.


1. How were the leaves described in the poem?
2. Who saw the leaves dancing?
3. If you were the moon, what would you do?
4. What feeling did the moon show?
5. Why do you think he was happy?
6. After whirling and dancing in the wind, what did the leaves
plan to do?
7. What does warm quilt for the ground mean?

217
Try and Learn

Underline the part of the sentence which is personified.

1. The starsdancedplayfully in the moonlit sky.


2. The bees played hide and seek with the flowers as they
buzzed from one to another.
3. The windhowledits mighty objection.
4. The snowswaddledthe earth like a mother would her infant
child.
5. The riverswallowedthe earth as the water continued to
rise higher and higher.
6. Timeflewand before we knew it, it was time for me to go
home.
7. The ocean waveslashed outat the boat and the storm
continued to brew.
8. My computerthrows a fitevery time I try to use it.
9. The thundergrumbledlike an old man.
10. The flowerswaltzedin the gentle breeze.

Remember

Personification is another figure of speech. Things and


objects are treated as though they had life and were like people.

Learn Some More

A. Write P if the sentence uses personification and N if it does not.


Do this on a separate sheet of paper.

1. The sunglared downat me from the sky.


2. The moonwinkedat me through the clouds above.
3. The windsangthrough the meadow.
4. She looks like the brightest star.
5. He is the black sheep in the family.
6. The window paneswere talkingas the wind blew through
them.
218
B. Copy the sentences in your notebook. Then underline the object
that is personified and circle the word that tells what the object
does that makes it seem like a person.

1. The flowers nodded as the breeze blew.


2. The moon is smiling down at us.
3. The wind whispered secrets to the trees.
4. The brook gossiped with the stones along the way.
5. The clouds chased each other across the meadows in the
sky.

Read and Learn

ADJARANI receives outstanding secondary school paper


adviser award 2014

Lovelet Caracol-Adjarani, Master Teacher-1 of Naga


National High School received the award of Outstanding
Secondary School Paper Adviser for this school year during
the National Schools Press Conference (NSPC) at Subic,
Olongapo City on April 10, 2014.
Driven by determination and dedication, she was chosen
by a group of panelists from the Department of Education
(DepEd). Adjarani has won various awards in journalism. She
served as treasurer for six years in the Zamboanga Sibugay
School Paper Advisers Guild (division level), and four years in
the Regional School Paper Advisers Association (Zamboanga
Peninsula). She also served as assistant treasurer for the
National School Publication Association for more than two
years.
My greatest contribution to journalism is time. Despite my
hectic schedule, I see to it that commitment to my work is there
all the time. The experiences that I had made me discover
my strengths and weaknesses which shaped me into a better
person, Adjarani said after receiving her award.
Everyone who has exerted efforts for the glory of God is
worthy to be honored, she added.
219
Remember

News report should be able to answer the question wh,


what, when, where, why, and how.

The news should be able to answer at least four of these
questions. However, all news must answer the who and
the what questions.

Write about It

Group Activity

Write a news report based on the following facts. Do this on a


separate sheet of paper.

The plane was going to Cebu City on a test flight.


Mayor Romeo Lopez, who rushed to the crash site found
the pilot, Rene Concepcion and his passenger Lito
Amorsolo, both safe despite the planes damage.
A two-seater plane with pilot Rene Concepcion and
passenger Lito Amorsolo crashed in a rice field at Baran-
gay Caditaan, on July 15 this year.
Concepcion said the planes engine stopped 30 minutes
after it took off at Legaspi Airport.
Plane crashes in Cebu, no one hurt.

220
Do and Learn

Write a news report in your notebook. Use the facts below.

- Teacher Induction Program is a training given to the newly


hired teachers. One of its purposes is to let them understand
their roles and responsibilities.

- The Division of Solera, through the leadership of the
superintendent, Melanie Roxas, EdD. conducted the
Teacher Induction Program to 320 newly hired teachers at Lisas
Resort, Zamboanga Sibugay on July 2 to 4 this year.

- Education Program Supervisors who were trained on TIP were
their facilitators.

- Division of Solera conducts Teacher Induction Program to 320
newly hired teachers

221
English Grade 4
Learners Material
First Edition 2015

Republic Act 8293, section 176 states that: No copyright shall subsist in any
work of the Government of the Philippines. However, prior approval of the government
agency or office wherein the work is created shall be necessary for exploitation of such
work for profit. Such agency or office may, among other things, impose as a condition
the payment of royalties.

Borrowed materials (i.e., songs, stories, poems, pictures, photos, brand


names, trademarks, etc.) included in this book are owned by their respective
copyright holders. DepEd is represented by the Filipinas Copyright Licensing Society
(FILCOLS), Inc. in seeking permission to use these materials from their respective
copyright owners. All means have been exhausted in seeking permission to use these
materials. The publisher and authors do not represent nor claim ownership over them.

PY
Only institution and companies which have entered an agreement with
FILCOLS and only within the agreed framework may copy from this Teachers Guide.
Those who have not entered the agreement with FILCOLS must, if they wish to copy,
contact the publishers and authors directly.

O
Authors and publishers may email or contact FILCOLS at filcols@gmail.com or
(02) 439-2204, respectively.

Published by the Department of Education


Secretary: Br. Armin A. Luistro FSC
C
Undersecretary: Dina S. Ocampo, PhD
Development Team of the Learners Material
D
Consultants and Editors:
Felicitas Pado, PhD Ofelia Flojo, PhD
Nemah Hermosa, PhD Perla Cuanzon, PhD
E

Rosalina J. Villaneza, PhD


Authors:
EP

Grace U. Rabelas Gretel Laura M. Cadiong Jennalyn S. Datuin


Victoria D. Mangaser Valeria Fides G. Corteza Evelyn F. Importante
Lilibeth A. Magtang Ma. Rita Teresa V. Riosa Mary Jane T. Ganggangan
Rose Ann B. Pamintuan Rosalina B. Mejorada Michelle L. Mercado
D

Graphic Artist: Mr. Reynaldo A. Simple and Jason O. Villanueva


Layout Artists:
Camille Francesca Mondejar Ezekiel Quijano
Cheradee B. Lumitap Matthew Daniel V. Leysa
Jerby S. Mariano

Printed in the Phillipines by Vibal Group, Inc.


Department of Education-Instructional Materials Council Secretariat (DepEd-IMCS)
Office Address: 5th Floor Mabini Building, DepEd Complex
Meralco Avenue, Pasig City
Philippines 1600
Telefax: (02) 634-1054 or 634-1072
E-mail Address: imcsetd@yahoo.com

ii

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
To you Dear Learners,

This learners material will help you express your ideas,


thoughts, and feelings about yourself, family, friends, your home,
school, and community.

This will also help you read with comprehension and apply
critical thinking and reasoning skills. You will also learn how to write
in different forms.

PY
You will love to do and talk about many things at home, in
school, and even in your community using what you learned from
this learners material.

O
Please do not write anything on this book as this will be used
C
next school year by pupils like you. Use either your paper or test
notebook to answer the different activities.
D
Have FUN learning!
E
EP

The Authors
D

iii

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Quarter 3: Special People, Places, and Days

Week 1: Heroes Are around Us


Kabang, a True Hero ....................................... 225
Fetch ............................................................... 230
Week 2: Lets Travel
The Moth and Flame ....................................... 235
Travel Time ..................................................... 238
Week 3: Whos Who?
Who Is Randy Halasan? ................................. 245

PY
Week 4: Our Culture, Our Pride
Our Family Customs and Traditions............... 252
Eduardos Dream ............................................ 258
A Wonderful Book ........................................... 263

O
Dictionary ........................................................
C 265
Week 5: Dish Talks 266
A Day in the Market ......................................... 270
Riddle .............................................................. 273
D
Week 6: A Place to Remember
A Trip to Vigan City .......................................... 281
E

The Carabao and the Cow .............................. 285


Which Do You Like Better? .............................. 287
EP

Philippine Heroes ............................................ 288


The City and the Barrio ................................... 289
Week 7: Holidays and Festivals
The Index and the Index .................................. 303
D

Week 8: Its Christmas Time Again!


Christmas Vacation .......................................... 306
Week 9: A Special Day
Mangunguna Festival ...................................... 316

vi

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Quarter 3

Special People, Places, and Days


(Heroes and their Heroism)

PY
O
C
E D
EP
D

223

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 1 - Heroes Are around Us

Think and Tell

A dog is mans best friend.


1. Do you have a pet dog?
2. What is your dogs name?
3. What characteristic of your dog do you like best?
4. What does your dog love to do?

PY
5. Where does he/she love to stay?

Write your answer to each question in the graphic organizer below.

O
C
y
o fm :
t
D
r i stic bes He
te e
a rac at I lik lik
es
Ch g th
E

to:
do
EP
Nam

:
tay
eo

os
D fm

st
like
y do

He
g:

My Pet Dog

224

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Read the poem.

Kabang, a True Hero


Lilibeth A. Magtang

PY
By the roadside, Kabang lay
Counting men, one... two... three...
Counting wheels, oh, too many

O
Catching sight of you and me.
C
Aw, aw she barked to two little girls
Passing her by, both smiled sweetly
D
When out of nowhere came screeching
A speeding vehicle was approaching.
E

Fearless Kabang flew just as fast


EP

Bumped the motorcycle in just a snap


Caught in the spokes, she lost her snout
And a wrecked face thats what she got.
D

Badly hurt, Kabang hid for days


Leaving us awed, daunted, and impressed
A hero she is, standing in our midst
A true hero, so valiant, bold, and brave.

225

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Talk about It

Fill in the blanks with correct answers.

1. The poem has _________ stanzas.


2. Each stanza has _________ lines.
3. The rhyming words in the first stanza are ______ and
_______.

PY
4. The rhyme scheme in the first stanza is _________.
5. In second stanza, the rhyming words are __________
and ___________.

O
C
Find Out and Learn
D

Pick out the adjective in each sentence. Write your answer on


E

your paper.
EP

1. I know many heroes.


2. They are selfless.
3. They save people.
4. The blue whale is a hero of the sea.
D

5. I have read about twenty-four animals regarded as heroes.

226

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Exercise 1
Which adjective best describes the picture? Write your answer
in a separate sheet of paper.

PY
sharp long thick

O
2
C cold hot smooth
D
3
E

good funny angry


EP

4
D

fast happy slow

hot fast colorful

227

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Exercise 2
Unscramble the words to form a sentence. Write the sentence in
your notebook.

balloons are There three.

PY
yellow ripe A is banana.

O carabao It a big is.


C
D

Write about It
E
EP

Look closely at the picture. Write a three-to-five sentence paragraph


with adjectives to describe what you see in the picture.
D

228

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

Adjectives are words that describe nouns or pronouns.


They tell about the kind, color, or number of a noun or
pronoun.

PY
Learn Some More

Read the words in the box. Use them to name each picture:

O
truck trap track trip trumpet
train troop trolley treat trick
C
E D

____________ ____________ ____________


EP
D

____________ ____________ ____________

____________ ___________ ____________

229

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

What good things did the pet dog do for the old man? Listen to the
story to find out.
Fetch
Becky Bravo
(Adapted)

There was an old man who lived at the top of a very high

PY
mountain. He had no one with him but his dog named Fetch.

Since he was very old, and his knees often wobbled,


he could not go down the mountain and climb up again.

O
The village people at the foot of the mountain were also
too busy to be able to see the old man at the mountain top.
C
Everytime hed feel lonely, the old man would call Fetch
and let him get something down the mountain that can amuse
him. First, Fetch got him a banduria. Master, said the dog.
D
Here is a gift from the man whose house is full of music. When
the old man became lonely again, Fetch got him something
E

from the village. Next, Fetch went down the mountain and
when he came back, he brought a sungka. Master, here is
EP

a gift from the man whose house is full of playthings, Fetch


said. The next things he brought from the village for the old
man were a pet monkey, a parrot, and a music box which he
said were also gifts from different people. One day, however,
D

the old man needed something else that would amuse him.

Fetch hurriedly went down the mountain from the east


side to west side and around and back again just to find one last
thing that could amuse his master. Fetch talked to the village
people so the people went up the mountain and soon decided
to build their houses around the old mans house. The old man
was very happy. He thanked his dog Fetch, saying, You have
served me well. You have fetched me the village. I am pleased.

230

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Write R if the sentence is a Reality and F if it is a Fantasy.

______1. The spirit of all the garbage in the dumpsite got


mad and its anger caused the trash to slide.
______2. Typhoons can be prevented if we make an
offering to the wind god.

PY
______3. People can grow wings and fly in the sky.
______4. Modern technology and medical inventions can
save lives.
______5. Children can be taught to behave well.
______6. Trees grow fully overnight.

O
______7. We can now live in outer space for good.
______8. Poor people may have better lives in the future.
C
______9. We can chat with somebody abroad through the
computer.
_____10. One can be reached almost anywhere through the
D
cellular phone.
E

Remember
EP

Events that actually happen in real life are reality.


D

Events that are impossible to happen are fantasy. They are


just products of imagination.

231

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Learn Some More

Take a look at the sample thesaurus entry below. Study it and answer
the questions that follow.

Main Entry: great


Part of Speech: adjective
Definition: excellent, skillful
Synonyms: absolute, admirable, awesome, best,

PY
exceptional, expert, fantastic, good,
marvelous, wonderful, tremendous
Antonyms: ignorant, poor, stupid, unskilled, weak

O
1. What is the main entry on this page of the thesarus?
2. What part of speech is the word great?
3. What is the meaning of the word great?
C
4. What are some synonyms of great?
5. What are the antonyms of great?
E D

Try and Learn


EP

Exercise 1

Study the thesaurus entry and answer the questions that follow.
D

Main Entry: heroic


Part of Speech: adjective
Definition: having the characteristics of a hero, very brave
Synonyms: noble, courageous, valiant, bold, fearless,
daring, undaunted, gallant, chivalrous
Antonyms: afraid, cowardly, faint-hearted, fearful,
frightened

232

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. What is the main entry on this page of the thesaurus?
2. What part of speech is the word heroic?
3. What is the meaning of the word heroic?
4. Give three synonyms of heroic.
5. Give three antonyms of heroic.

Exercise 2

Using a thesaurus, give the synonym and antonym of each


underlined word.

PY
1. Kabang is a brave dog.
2. Keep your room always tidy.
3. Louise has been very silent.
4. The muse has a pretty face.
5. There are plenty of dry leaves scattered on the ground.

O
Word
C Synonym Antonym
brave
tidy
D

silent
E

pretty
plenty
EP

Exercise 3

Replace the underlined word with a synonym inside the


D

parenthesis. Be guided by context clues and the use of a


thesaurus.

1. My aged grandmother can hardly stand on her own feet.


(young, old)
2. This clever boy can explain his drawing instantly.
(smart, dull)
3. Mothers gold bracelet is costly. (cheap, expensive)
4. I want the house to be clean all the time. (tidy, messy)
5. The initial letter of her name Minerva is M. (last, first)

233

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Exercise 4

Write the antonym of each word. Get your answer from the box.

messy hard sad noisy bad


wide cold dry right rich

1. good __________ 6. soft __________


2. wet __________ 7. quiet __________
3. clean __________ 8. wrong __________
4. narrow __________ 9. hot __________

PY
5. happy __________ 10. poor __________

O
Remember
C
A thesaurus is a book that gives the synonyms and
antonyms of a word.
D
Aside from synonyms and antonyms, a thesaurus also
gives the meaning and part of speech of a word.
E
EP
D

234

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 2 - Lets Travel

Think and Tell

What do these pictures show?

PY
Do you have any story to tell about the pictures?
Have you heard of or read the anecdote about the moth and the

O
flame of our Philippine national hero, Dr. Jose Rizal?
Tell the class about it.
C
Read and Learn
D

The Moth and the Flame


E

Adapted by Lilibeth A. Magtang

It was dusk and cold. Moymoy, a young moth, was ready


EP

for his nightly flight. Excited, he flapped his wings and off he
went.
He started following a speck of light he saw at a distance.
D

That must give me warmth on this lovely but very cold evening.
Moymoy flew fast so he could reach it at once.
Not long after that, he heard a familiar voice calling from
behind. It was his mother gasping and panting. You cant be
out tonight all by yourself. Let me go with you, she said, still
catching her breath.
Oh, thank you, Mother. Lets go see that beam of light.
It surely would be a good source of heat. Moymoy grew more
and more curious as they drew closer to the light.

235

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
At last, they got close to the light. Moymoy couldnt help
but admire that lovely sight of the flame burning brightly from
the oil lamp. Realizing this, Moymoys mother warned him not to
fly too close to the flame. But the young moth was so attracted
to the light and warmth of the oil lamp that he did not mind his
mothers advice. Round and round the flame he flew. Finally,
he hovered so near the flame that his wings got burned. His
mother hugged Moymoy who was badly hurt.

Talk about It

PY
Answer the following questions.
1. Did Moymoy obey his mother?

O
2. What happened to him?
3. If you were Moymoy, would you have done the same?
Why? Why not?
4. What did you realize from the story?
C
5. Write a journal entry about one of these situations:
a. Think of any incident in your life when you obeyed your
D
parents. What happened? What did you feel?
b. Think of an instance when you disobeyed your parents.
What happened? What did you feel?
E
EP

Find Out and Learn

Choose the meaning of the underlined words from the given


choices. Be guided by the pictures and context clues.
D

1. I love to watch the blue color of water in the ocean.


(body of water, landform, heavenly body)
236

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
2. The monument of Dr. Jose Rizal was built in honor of his
bravery and patriotism. (sea, house, statue)

PY
O
3. The tourist was attracted to the beauty of the place so
C
he planned to visit it again soon.
(visitor, photographer, painter)
E D
EP

4. The kid proved his bravery by entering the very dark


room alone. (strength, courage, intelligence)
D

Butte
rfl
Gard y
en

5. The butterfly garden is a landmark that tells us we have


reached the town. (newscaster, sign, building)

237

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Travel Time
Lilibeth A. Magtang

The Philippines is known for its rich natural resources


and man-made structures. It has beaches, historical places,
old churches, parks, and monuments. They are often visited
not only by Filipinos but by tourists as well. These have
become landmarks that make us truly proud to be Filipinos.

PY
In Luzon, people visit Pagudpud and Fort Ilocandia in
Ilocos Norte, the Heritage Village in Ilocos Sur, the Shrine of
our Lady of Manaoag, Alaminos Citys Hundred Islands, and
the Lingayen Gulf in Pangasinan. Also in Luzon are the famous
Rice Terraces in Banaue, also called the Eighth Wonder of

O
the World, Subic Free Port in Zambales, Christian Village in
San Fernando, Pampanga, the Saint Paul Underground River
in Palawan, and the Mayon Volcano in Bicol. In addition to
C
these, families and friends also love to see the Rizal Park, Fort
Bonifacio, the National Museum, big malls, zoos, and public
parks in Manila as well as upland Tagaytay and Baguio where
D
the air is cooler and the atmosphere is more relaxed than in
Manila.
E

In the Visayas, Lapu-Lapu, the brave hero of Mactan,


Cebu, is known to all as the first Filipino who fought the
Spaniards led by Ferdinand Magellan. His golden statue stands
EP

proud and erect in the heart of the city to remind the people
of his bravery. Cebu also has the Sto. Nio Shrine, which is
frequented by devotees. Furthermore, Boracay and Chocolate
Hills also top the tourist attraction list of the region.
D

In Mindanao, Cagayan De Oro City is a very progressive


city. One gets to see not only modern hotels, big buildings,
and shopping malls but also vast plantations of pineapples,
bananas, cacao, and many others. Davao City is a big city that
offers fun and adventure. It is regarded as the commercial and
economic center of Mindanao. Camiguin and Siargao islands
are likewise two of its tourist spots.
Right in the Philippines, there are a number of exciting
places that truly serve as important landmarks to all Filipinos
and foreign tourists alike.
238

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

What did you realize from this article? Enumerate your answers.

From this article, I learned that...


I realized that

PY
Learn Some More

Complete each sentence with words in the box.

O
C
flowers flip flute flows flag
D
1. The water _________ from the waterfalls to the dam.
2. She picked some _________ and placed them in the vase.
E

3. We sing Lupang Hinirang as the Philippine _________


is raised.
EP

4. The musician plays the __________.


5. Will you __________ the pages of the book properly?
D

239

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Exercise 1
Look at the three sets of pictures. Read the sentence under each
picture.

PY
Set A

O
Plant 1 is small. Plant 2 is smaller than
C plant 1.
E D

Set B
EP

This flute is long. This flute is longer than the


first.
D

Set C

Lisas plate is big.


Mias plate is bigger than
Lisas.

240

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Exercise 2

Underline the adjective in each sentence. Identify whether it shows


positive, comparative, or superlative degree.
1. Bukidnon is home to the largest pineapple plantation in the
country. _______________
2. Zamboanga City is famous for its colorful vintas.
_______________
3. The Philippine Eagle Center in Davao houses many
Philippine eagles. _______________

PY
4. The Bantayan Island is a small outpost known for its
secluded beaches. _______________
5. From Manila, Baguio City is farther than Tagaytay City.
_______________

O
Do and Learn
C
Complete the table.
D

Positive Comparative Superlative


E

cold
EP

sharp sharper
clear clearest
funny
tasty
D

cute cuter
tall tallest
wide
dark darker
large

241

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Learn Some More

A. What is the meaning of the underlined word?


1. Be careful not to puzzle her with your question.
A. confuse B. tease
2. I received the highest mark in our class.
A. blot B. grade
3. The kids will surely enjoy watching the play, The Sound of
Music which will be shown tonight.

PY
A. a game B. a stage drama
4. I handed my rough draftof the speech to my teacher.
A. an outline B. a light wind
5. Arrange the plates and glasses on the table.
A. a desk B. a chart

O
B. What does the highlighted word mean in each sentence?
C
Choose and underline the correct answer in the parenthesis.
1. The century-old acacia seems to have its bark glued hard
on its trunk.
D
(loud noise, tree covering)
2. The baseball players used their own bat.
(animal, wooden stick)
E

3. I bought a can of sardines.


(container, able to)
EP

4. Jinky keeps looking at her watch.


(see, timepiece)
5. Nikki will take the role of Cinderella in the stage play.
(have fun, a drama)
D

6. My bag is light.
(not heavy, lamp)
7. A guitar is a kind of string instrument.
(type, nice)
8. All of us will go to the fair.
(kind of weather, show)
9. I found my lost ring under my bed.
(an accessory, circle )
10. You have to save in the bank.
(by the river, where money is deposited)
242

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

An adjective has three degrees of comparison, namely:


positive degree, comparative degree, and superlative
degree.

PY
Learn Some More

Three Degrees of Comparison

O
Positive Superlative
Comparative Degree
Degree Degree
C
Simply Compares two persons or Compares three or
describes things more persons or
persons or things
D
things
Add -er for one-syllable Add -est for one-
E

Example: The adjectives. syllable adjectives.


atis tree is
EP

Example: The mango tree Example: The


tall.
is taller than the atis tree. acacia tree is the
tallest of them all.

Add more for two or more Add most for two


D

syllable adjectives. or more syllable


adjectives.

Example: Carlos is more Example: Carlos is


obedient than Sonia. the most intelligent
boy in class.

243

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 3 - Whos Who?

Think and Tell

What do you think of when you see or hear the word famous?
Complete the semantic map in your notebook.

PY
O
C
famous
E D
EP

A famous person is someone who is well-known. A person may


be famous for something good he/she has done, for being great in
sports, in music, in studies, or in the world of work.
D

Is there any famous person you admire?


Why do you admire that person?

Complete the sentence below.

I admire _____________ because _______________________


__________________________________________________.

244

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Read the biography of Randy Halasan.

Who is Randy Halasan?

Randy Halasan is a teacher in Pegalongan Elementary


School. His school is in a far village in Davao City, found in the

PY
mountains, where the Matigsalug tribe lives.

In 2014, Randy was given the Ramon Magsaysay Award for


caring for his students and their community through teaching and
helping out the whole village. The Ramon Magsaysay Award is

O
given to persons or group of persons who show good examples in
good government, courageous service to the people, and putting
C
practical principles to work in the society. The award is a very
important honor. It is known world-wide.
D
Randy was born in Davao City in 1982. He came from a
poor family. However, he worked part-time so he could finish his
college education. He graduated in 2003 and started to work on
E

odd jobs. He became a substitute teacher in 2006.


EP

In 2007, he started teaching fulltime at Pegalongan


Elementary School. To reach his school, Randy travels seven
hours two hours by bus, one hour by motorcycle, four hours of
walking, including crossing of two rivers .
D

At first, he wanted to teach in a school that is closer to the


city where his family lives and longed for the chance to transfer.
However, he cares so much for the children who walk for miles
and cross rivers everyday just to get to school and learn, even
sometimes while hungry and tired. He also cares for the community
and the people who have limited means of livelihood to support
the education of their children. He decided to stay and help.

245

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
He helped the community improve their livelihood by bringing
people to work together and learn new ways to till their land. He
appealed to the local government and other groups and brought
them in to provide more help or aid.

He worked hard to expand the school from a two-room


school house with two teachers to a permanent school with nine
rooms, eight teachers, and 210 students. In 2010, Randy became
the head teacher of the school.

PY
He believed that education is important to the Matigsalugs
survival in a changing world and has convinced parents to keep
their children in school. He went beyond teaching his students
and helped the village become more self-reliant. His efforts were
recognized when he recieved several awards, including the

O
Ramon Magsaysay Award. C
Talk about It
E D

Answer the following questions.


EP

1. Where does Randy Halasan teach?


2. How does he travel to school? What does this show of him?
3. Why did he choose to stay in that very far school for years?
4. When was he given the Ramon Magsaysay award?
D

5. What did he do that made him deserve the award?


6. Describe his sacrifices mentioned in his biography.
7. What do you admire most about Randy Halasan?
8. Try to examine yourself. What qualities do you posses that
will make you popular too? Explain.

246

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Exercise 1

Complete each sentence with a word from the box.

dream draw drip drift drum

PY
drag dress drop drug drama

1. I can _________ stick figures.


2. Pieces of logs ________ on the river.

O
3. Dont __________ your bag. You have to lift it.
4. My sister had a bad _________. She woke up crying.
C
5. Mother bought a new __________ for me.
6. The boys practiced the _________ that they will present
during the program.
D
Exercise 2
E

Choose three words from the box. Use each word in a


sentence. Write your sentences on a separate sheet of paper.
EP

1. ___________________________________________
2. ___________________________________________
3. ___________________________________________
D

Remember

The sequence of events in a story is the order in which


things happen. Signal words like first, next , then, after, before,
and finally are used to show the order of events.

247

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Learn Some More

A. Talk about each picture. Give the order of events. Which came
first, second, third, and last?

PY
O
C
B. Write 1-4 before the items to show the sequence of events.
_____ She dressed up.
D
_____ Lina woke up early in the morning.
_____ She went straight to the bathroom.
_____ She had her breakfast, then she went to school.
E
EP

C. Read the incomplete sentence. Write first, next, then, and finally,
to show the correct order.
1. _____, it was a tiny egg.
_____, the egg became a caterpillar.
D

_____, a pupa was formed.


_____, a pretty butterfly came out.

2. _____, heavy rain poured.


_____, the place got flooded.
_____, we looked for big puddles.
_____, we played with paper boats.

248

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
D. Write the appropriate order of events using the signal words to
complete each sentence.
_____, Buboy planted a seed.
_____, out came a tiny leaf.
_____, it had more leaves and taller branches.
_____, it had fruits.

Try and Learn

PY
Circle the meaning of the underlined word in each sentence.
1. Manny Pacman Pacquiao is a well-known boxer.

O
He is famous around the world.
2. Megan Young was adjudged the most beautiful woman in
the contest so she was crowned as Miss World.
C
3. We recall or remember Fernando Poe, Jr. for his action
movies.
4. Everyone witnessed and saw how he deserves to be
D
called The King of Philippine Movies.
5. The actress is so candid. She is very honest in giving
E

remarks.
EP

Remember
D

The meaning you get from context clue is usually enough


to help you understand the sentence. Learning how to use
context clues well is a valuable skill to have.

Sometimes, the sentence give the clue or to show the


definition of a word.

249

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Try to get the meaning of the underlined words.

1. Father receives a small stipend or payment for doing extra


jobs.
2. Mila left a notable or outstanding mark.

PY
Find Out and Learn

Below is an example of a timeline. It is about the significant events

O
in the life of Randy Halasan as enumerated on page 251. Try to
complete the details. C
2003 2006 2007 2010 2014
D
___________ He became ___________ He became _________
___________ a substitue ___________ the Head _________
E

___________ teacher. ___________ Teacher of _________


___________ ___________ Pegalongan _________
EP

___________ ___________ Elementary _________


__________ __________ School _________

Remember
D

A timeline is a visual technique. It is one way to show a


sequence of events.
This organizer:
helps you organize dates, numbers, and other information,
helps you visually remember when events occurred, and
gives you a framework to add more pieces of information
as they happen.

250

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Write about It

Look at the empty timeline below. Complete this in your notebook by


pasting your pictures in the squares. Try to recall one important event
that happened in your life in that year. Write about it under each picture.

PY
Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4

O
C
E D
EP
D

251

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 4 - Our Culture, Our Pride

Think and Tell

Can you name the customs and traditions that your family follows?

PY
Customs
and
Traditions

O
C
Read and Learn
E D

Our Family Customs and Traditions


Mary Jane T. Ganggangan
EP

One day, the Ortega family got up early. They were all
excited to meet the Johnson family, their cousins from America.
Children, lets help one another to clean our house.
D

Each one of you should do your assigned work, said Father.


Everybody agreed and they all started to work.
Ill go to the market and buy some food. Ill prepare
delicious food for all of us. Surely, your cousins will enjoy
them, said Mother.

At three oclock, a van stopped in front of their house.


The Ortega family rushed to welcome their visitors.

252

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Welcome to the Philippines, cousins. We are so glad to
see all of you, shouted Ana and Mark as they waved a poster
to welcome their visitors.

Mano po, Aunt Rose. Mano po, Uncle Andy, said the
children.

Mother, what are they doing? asked Andrew.

This is what we call pagmamano. It is a sign of respect

PY
to elders, said Aunt Rose. Why dont you do the same to Aunt
Lina and Uncle Jose? she added. Andrew and Kenneth did.

They all went to the living room. The Johnson family

O
brought out their pasalubong. Mother received two red leather
bags. Father got three blue polo shirts. Ten small toy cars were
given to Mark and a beautiful doll was given to Ana. The Ortega
C
family was so grateful and happy. After that, Mother and Ana
went to prepare their snacks.
D
I know you missed our bibingka, suman, puto, and
fresh buko juice. Please have some, said Mother.
E

I really missed all these food. Hmmm, our native


delicacies are so delicious, thanked Aunt Rose.
EP

At six oclock in the evening, the church bell rang.

Come, lets all proceed to the altar, said Aunt Lina.


D

Why, Mother? What will we do? asked Kenneth.

Every six oclock and twelve oclock noon, we pray the


Angelus, son. Come lets join them, explained Aunt Rose.

After praying, they all proceeded to the dining room.
They ate their dinner. They exchanged stories. They thought of
having a family reunion. They sent invitations to their relatives.

253

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
After five days, they had their family reunion. They were
all excited and happy to see one another. They had a program
and a good lunch.

Andrew and Kenneth had fun playing games with their


relatives. They played palosebo, kadang-kadang race, tumbang
preso, and patintero.

I like to stay here, said Andrew. The people are cheerful,


hospitable, helpful, and prayerful, added Kenneth.

PY
The closeness of the families is very strong. We love their
family traditions and customs. Its more fun to stay in the
Philippines, Andrew and Kenneth said.

O
Thats true, children. Our family traditions and customs
C
in the Philippines are beyond compare, Aunt Rose said with
pride.
E D

Talk about It
EP

1. What are the family customs and traditions mentioned in


the story?
2. Can you give other customs and traditions you observe in
your family and in your community?
D

3. Are you proud of your familys customs and traditions?


Why?

254

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

A. Show and Tell

Get anything from your bag or in the room and describe the
object. Use several adjectives. Describe its number or quantity,
kind or quality, or color.
Example: pencil
1. How many? two

PY
2. What kind? long
3. What color? yellow

B. Pick and Tell

O
Pick out a picture from the box. Describe the number, the kind, or
quality of the objects in the picture.
C
E D
EP

255

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Exercise 1
Pick out the adjectives in each sentence. Write them on your paper.
1. Miss Santos is a kind teacher.
2. She has twenty five smart pupils in Grade IV.
3. The children love to play under the tall, green trees.
4. They gather five kilograms of fresh, red tomatoes from their
vegetable garden every Friday.

PY
5. I have five, long, yellow pencils in my bag.

Exercise 2
Arrange the series of adjectives in the correct order. Use each set

O
in a sentence. C
big three red ribbons expensive black two cars

small five boxes blind six men


D

big four orange balls fat brown two kittens


E

yellow twenty sweet mangoes red a dozen salted eggs


EP

ten yellow little ducklings pink beautiful dress


D

Remember


Adjectives tell about the number, kind, and color of a
person, animal, or thing. When several adjectives are used
in one sentence, the order of adjectives is as follows: number,
kind or quality, and color.

256

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

A. Arrange the adjectives inside the parentheses in the correct order.


1. Mother gave Ana (beautiful yellow a) dress on her birthday.
2. I ate (sweet red ten) strawberries last night.
3. There are (brown seven big) cows on the farm.
4. Father bought (sweet green a dozen ) apples for the children.
5. Andrew has (fat white six) rats as his pets.

PY
B. Choose at least five nouns from the list below. Describe each
noun using the correct order of adjectives. Write a sentence
about it.

Number

O Quality Color
1. classmate
C
2. school
3. pencil
D
4. flower
5. book
E

6. tree
7. dog
EP

8. candy
9. boys
10. birds
D

Write about It


Write a paragraph describing a person, animal, or thing. Use
two or three adjectives which are properly arranged. Read your
paragraph.

257

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Eduardos Dream
Adapted

Eduardo lived in a small barrio in La Union. One day, he


went to town with a jar of basi on his head. As he walked, he
kept thinking of the future.

PY
I shall sell this basi. With the money, I shall buy a pig.
Then I shall sell the piglets. Then I shall buy a cow and sell
the milk. When I get a large, large sum of money, I shall buy
a pair of carabaos and a field. I shall gain more money and

O
build myself a house. I shall take a wife and have many sons
and daughters. By that time, I shall be a very popular and rich
C
man. When my wife tells me to come to dinner, I shall say Oh
dear! Ill come soon, and I will put my head up ... And with that
Eduardo threw back his head suddenly. With the proud motion,
D
the jar of basi fell. It broke into a hundred pieces and the basi
spilled over. This made Eduardo so sorry that he began to cry.
E

I have lost my pigs; I have lost my cow; I have lost my


carabaos and my house and my wife and children.
EP

All the people who heard him also felt sorry for him. So
they took Eduardo to the mayor of the town. The mayor asked
him how it all happened.
D

When the mayor heard Eduardos story, he laughed and


all the people laughed with him. After a while the mayor said,
My lad, never expect too much to happen too soon. Do your
best today and tomorrow will take care of itself. Because the
mayor was a kind man, he gave Eduardo enough money to
buy a pig. Perhaps someday Eduardos dreams would come
true. Who knows?
Source: Soaring High with Reading 4 - Abiva, Josephine M. Calamlam et.al

258

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Talk about It

1. What was Eduardos dream?


2. How did Eduardo intend to become rich?
3. What things would he buy?
4. What happened while he was thinking about his plans?
Why?
5. What important lesson did the mayor give Eduardo?
6. Do you think Eduardos dream would still come true? Why

PY
or why not?

Think and Tell

O
C
Get a partner and ask the following questions:

1. Why do you go to school?
D
2. Why do you take a bath everyday?
3. Why do you water the plants?
4. Why do you wear warm clothes during the month of
E

December?
5. Why do you stay at home during a typhoon?
EP

Find Out and Learn


D

Look at each pair of pictures. Say something about them. Identify


the cause and the effect.

1.

259

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
2.

3.

PY
4.

O
C
5.
E D

Try and Learn


EP

Match the cause and effect in the box below.

Effect Cause
a. she felt dizzy.
D

1. The audience could not hear the


message of the speaker because
2. The group of girls finished their b. of the strong wind.
work in 30 minutes because
3. Most of the children got sick c. everyone helped.
because
4. Mother did not enjoy the ferris d. of the noise outside.
wheel ride because
5. Some of the trees were blown e. they played under
away because the rain.

260

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

The cause brings out an event called its result. The result
is also called an effect.

The cause answers the questions:


Why?
What caused it?

PY
What was the reason?

A cause-effect relationship describes something that


happens and why it happens.

O
The cause is the reason and the effect is the result of an
event.
C
D
Do and Learn
E

Complete the following sentences by writing the letter of the correct


EP

cause for the each effect. Write your answers on your paper.

1. The school ground is clean because ________.


A. the children sweep the yard everyday
D

B. the children scatter dirt on the ground


C. the children water the plants everyday

2. Christine has many friends because _________.


A. she is kind and friendly
B. she is boastful
C. she is lazy

261

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
3. The children are happy because ____________.
A. their teacher got mad
B. they got high scores in their test
C. they lost in the game

4. People experience landslides and floods because ____.


A. of deforestation
B. of reforestation
C. of preservation

5. Mr. Marquez often meets an accident because _______.

PY
A. he drives his car safely
B. he drives his car so fast
C. he drives carefully

O
Learn Some More
C
Combine the pairs of sentences to show a cause-effect relationship.
D
Use the connectors so that, in order to, or because.
E

1. We must eat nutritious food everyday.


We will be healthy.
EP

2. Plants need sun.


They use sunlight in making their food.
3. Andrew got high grades in the test.
D

He reviewed his lessons well.


4. Plants must be watered everyday.
They wont wither.
5. Jan is very, very tired.
He practiced swimming all day.

262

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

A Wonderful Book
Mary Jane T. Ganggangan

One afternoon, Jan and Christine were busy doing their


assignment.

PY
Christine: Kuya Jan, will you please help me with my assignment?

Jan: Sure, what is it, Christine?

O
Christine: Our teacher in Math gave us some words and we
have to give their meaning.

C
The words are multiplier, product, dividend, and quotient.
D
Jan: Thats easy. A dictionary will help us find the meaning of
those words.

E

Christine: How do we use a dictionary? There are a lot of words


written in it.
EP

Jan: You have to remember this Christine, the words listedin


the dictionary are called entry words. All the entry
words are listed in alphabetical order and in dark print.
D

Christine: But there are still hundreds of words under a letter.

Jan: In every page of the dictionary, you will find two words
on top to help you find the words faster. These are
called guide words. Come, Ill show you how to do it.

Christine: Thank you so much, brother. Now I know that a


dictionary is a useful book!

263

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Talk about It

1. Why is Christine asking for help?


2. What helps you find the meaning of words?
3. How are the words arranged in a dictionary?
4. What words in the dictionary help us locate the words on
a page faster?
5. What information does one get from a dictionary?

PY
Try and Learn

O
Study the sample page of a dictionary below and answer the
questions that follow. C
persistent proficiency
persistent \p(r)sstnt\ adj. continuing in a course of action
without regard to opposition or previous failure
D
pious \ps\ adj. marked by or showing loyal reverence for
and faithfully performing the duties owed to a person or thing
E

plankton \plktn\ n. the passively floating or weakly


EP

swimming animal and plant life in a body of water consisting


chiefly of minute plants
pounce \paun(t)s v. to spring suddenly or make a sudden grab
D

proficiency \prfishns\ n. advancement toward the


attainment of a high degree of knowledge or skill

Questions:
1. What is the last entry word on this page?
2. What is the definition of plankton?
3. What word means to spring suddenly or make a sudden grab?
4. What part of speech is pious?
5. What is the meaning of proficiency?

264

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

A dictionary is made up of entry words listed in alphabetical


order. Each entry states how a word is pronounced and what
the word means.

Learn Some More

PY
A. Write the meaning of the underlined word in each sentence.
Use the dictionary.

O
1. I did not finish solving the puzzle. It is so complicated.
2. My grandmother has a delicate ear for music.
3. The panel between the office and the clinic is newly painted.
C
4. The PTA president should conduct the meeting tomorrow.
5. The dancers got a big hand from the audience after their
performance.
D

B. Read the poem Dictionary. List at least three words from the
E

poem that you dont understand. Opposite the words, write their
meanings. Then, use them in sentences.
EP

Dictionary
Mary Jane T. Ganggangan
D

Often times I wonder why,


Words are so complicated. Oh, my!
They have the same spelling
But have different meanings.

But I have a very special friend


That can help me until the end,
A wonderful book that you should see
Please meet my friend, the Dictionary!

265

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 5 - Dish Talks

Think and Tell

What dish can you cook? How do you cook it?

Read and Learn

PY
Northern Philippine Cuisine

O
(Pinakbet or Pakbet)
C
Pinakbet or pakbet is an Ilocano stewed vegetable dish. The
usual vegetables included in the dish are eggplant, bitter gourd
(ampalaya), okra, and tomatoes. The dish is seasoned with bagoong
D
isda or (fermented fish paste).
E

The Ilocanos cook pinakbet simply by layering the vegetables


in a pot with a little amount of water and fish sauce in it. They set the
EP

pot on a low fire and let the food simmer without stirring or mixing
until the vegetables are cooked.

These days, many people come up with different versions.


D

Here is one way of cooking it.

Utensils:
pan knife chopping board
bowl ladle tablespoon/teaspoon

266

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Ingredients:
2 pieces ampalaya, cut into 2 length
2 pieces eggplant, cut into 2 length wedges
6-8 pieces okra, tops trimmed off or cut diagonally
2 pieces tomatoes, cut in wedges
pork slices
1 medium onion, chopped
1 tablespoon bagoong isda (salted fish sauce)
1 1/2 cup shrimp, fish, or pork broth

PY
1 teaspoon ground pepper
2 tablespoons cooking oil, for sauteing
Cooking time: 25 minutes

O
Procedure:
1. Saute the garlic, onions, and tomatoes in the oil. Add the
pork slices and saute for a minute.
C
2. Turn the heat down and layer the vegetables from the bottom
of the pan in this order: ampalaya, okra, eggplant.
D

3. Add the broth and bagoong. Cover, let boil, then simmer for
ten to fifteen minutes until the vegetables are cooked but
E

still firm.
EP

4. Stir in the fish or shrimp. Season with ground pepper.


5. Serve with rice.
D

267

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Talk about It

Read and answer the questions below based on the pinakbet


recipe.
1. What can you say about pinakbet?
What region does this recipe come from?
The paragraph gives us some information about pinakbet.
This text is called an informational text.

PY
2. What does the recipe tell us to do?
Lets read the procedure.
A recipe gives the procedure of cooking a dish.
This is called a procedural text.

O
3. What are the ingredients and utensils needed in cooking
pinakbet?
C
A list of ingredients and utensils is an example of a text
that enumerates.
D

Remember
E
EP

There are different types of texts.

Texts that give information about a topic are called


informational texts.
D

Examples: news articles, travelogues, feature article,


content area materials like Mathematics,
Science, etc.
Some texts tell the procedure, directions, or steps on
how to do something. These are called procedural
texts.
Examples: recipe, steps in solving word problems,
dance steps, etc.
Texts that show a list are called texts that enumerate.

268

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Let us read and analyze the following texts. Identify the kind of text
shown.

A. The Grade IV class president posted an announcement.

PY
TO ALL GRADE IV PUPILS:

There will be a Poster Making Contest on


Friday, October 15. It will be held in the auditorium

O
at 9 oclock in the morning. All interested pupils,
see Miss Reyes in Room 8. C
What text-type is shown this activity? _________________

B. Read the short story.


E D

It was Saturday morning. Allen and Ara helped their


parents at home. Ara cleaned the house. Allen washed
EP

the dishes. Then, they watered the plants. Father and


Mother were so glad to see their children helping them.

Make a list of the things Allen and Ara did to help their parents.
D

________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________

What text-type is shown in this activity? _________________

269

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Read the following selection.

A Day in the Market


Mary Jane T. Ganggangan

One Saturday morning, Mother and Jenny went to buy some


things they need in the market.

PY
Jenny: Mother, I can see a lot of vendors everywhere.

Mother: Yes, Jenny. They come to sell their products


around the town. Here, please put these fish

O
and vegetables in the basket.
C
Jenny: Why did you buy plenty of fish and vegetables,
Mother? Are you going to cook all of these?
Mother: No, my dear. We will put some in the refrigerator.
D
We can cook them the following day.
Jenny: All right, Mother. Lets go home now. Im excited
E

to taste the food you will cook for us today.


EP

Mother: Sure, I will cook pinakbet, your favorite dish!

Talk about It
D

Answer the following questions.

1. Where did Mother and Jenny go one Saturday morning?


2. Where are the vendors?
3. Where do they sell their products?
4. Where did Jenny put the fish and vegetables?
5. Where will Mother put the fish and vegetables that will be
cooked the following day?

270

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read the words listed below.
in the market
everywhere
around the town
in the basket
in the refrigerator

What do these words tell?


What question do these words answer?

PY
Remember

O
An adverb may describe or modify a verb, an adjective, or
another adverb. C
A word that answers where is an adverb of place.
Here are some examples of adverbs of place:
D
there away here
everywhere behind inside
E

forward upward around


EP

Try and Learn


D

Answer the following questions.

1. Where do we buy our snacks?


2. Where do we borrow books?
3. Where do we play?
4. Where do we go when we are not feeling well?
5. Where can we see the principal?

271

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

A. Underline the adverb of place in each sentence.


1. There are many people at the park.
2. There are children playing everywhere.
3. Some boys hide behind a tree.
4. Some girls are skating inside the skating ring.

PY
5. Others are riding their bikes around the park.

B. Complete each sentence by writing the appropriate adverb of


place. Choose your answer from the words in the box.

O
in the library outdoors at the park
on the seashore everywhere
C
1. We enjoy having picnic ____________________.
2. Children love to read books _______________________.
D
3. It is nice to exercise ______________________________.
4. We can see Gods creations _______________________.
E

5. They enjoyed making sand castles ________________.


EP

Learn Some More

A. Think-Pair-Share
D

Get a partner. Ask and answer questions about where you are
going this weekend.

B. Write five sentences using adverbs of place. Choose the


adverbs from the box below.

in the office here there


outside behind in the church
on the farm everywhere around

272

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C. Read and answer the riddle. Circle the adverbs of place in the
box.

Riddle
Mary Jane T. Ganggangan

I am inside, outside, everywhere.


You cant see me, I know.
But I refresh you
Everytime I blow.

PY
D. Look at the pictures and write sentences about them using
adverbs of place.

O
C
D

1. ________________________
E
EP
D

2. ________________________

3. ________________________

273

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

In the last pages of some books, there is a section showing words


and their meanings? This section is called a glossary. The entry
words in a glossary are arranged in alphabetical order. Some
glossaries include the pronunciation of the words.

Study the example below:

PY
abdomen /abdomen/ n. stomach
boundary /boundary/ n. limit
captive /captive/ n. a prisoner

O
depart /depart/ v. go away
elegant /elegant/ adj. graceful; refined
C
handsome /handsome/ adj. good-looking
E D

Remember
EP

The glossary is a part of a book which lists key words


found in the book.
D

The entry words in a glossary are arranged in alphabetical


order. Some glossaries include the pronunciation of words.

It is usually found on the last page of a book.

274

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Study the sample glossary entry below. Answer the questions that
follow.

Glossary

attendant /attendant/ n. waiter; servant

PY
brigade /brigade/ n. subdivision of army
exile /exile/ v. expel; deport
implement /implement/ v. carry out
limb /limb/ n. a large branch of a tree

O
1. What is the first word in the list? Last word?
A. attendant C. exile
C
B. brigade D. limb
D
2. How many definitions were given for the word exile?
A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4
E

3. What does implement mean?


EP

A. servant C. expel
B. carry out D. large branch of tree

4. What word means a large branch of tree?


A. exile C. brigade
D

B. attendant D. limb

5. How many syllables are there in the word limb?


A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4

275

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

A. Study the sample glossary entry below. Answer the questions


that follow.
Glossary

F
fancy |fn(t)s| n. an opinion or notion formed without much
reflection

PY
fragment | frgmnt| n. a part broken off; a small detached
portion; or an incomplete part
frantic |frntik| adj. emotionally out of control; overwhelmed

O
with feeling to the point of wildness C
G
gnaw |n | v. to bite or chew on with the teeth; wear away or
remove a part by persistent or repeated biting or nibbling
D
goal |gol| n.the end toward which effort or ambition is directed;
aim; purpose
E

1. Which word means to bite or chew on with the teeth?


EP

A. fancy
B. fragment
C. frantic
D. gnaw
D

2. What is the meaning of fragment?


A. aim
B. purpose
C. to bite or chew
D. a part broken off
3. Does the word goal mean purpose?
A. yes
B. no
C. maybe
D. none of the above
276

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4. Which word comes before frantic?
A. fancy
B. fragment
C. gnaw
D. goal

5. What is the meaning of fancy?


A. emotionally out of control
B. a small detached portion
C. the end toward which effort or ambition is directed
D. an opinion or notion formed without much reflection

PY
B. Using the glossary below as your reference, give the meaning
of the words below.

Glossary

O
acceptance - a condition of approval or agreeing to
college(s) - a school(s) that a person can go to
C after high school
encouraged - inspired with hope
excited - raised to a higher energy level
D
experiment - a test to learn specific reactions or
traits of an object
E

kidnapped - forced to leave a person or place by


someone who hides you from anyone
EP

who may know you


products - goods for human wants or needs
scientist - a person who understands how to test
ideas or objects
D

slave - a person owned and controlled by


someone else
http://www.didyouknowpublishing.com/images/glossarylarge.jpg

1. excited
2. products
3. acceptance
4. scientist
5. encouraged

277

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Learn Some More

If you were to arrange the given words on a page of a glossary, what


would be the proper sequence of the words? Number them from
15.

_____ pouch - a pocket of skin across a female kangaroos


stomach

PY
_____ bush - the Australian word for open countryside
_____ joey - a young kangaroo from the time it is born until it
is old enough to look after itself

O
_____ dingo - a kind of wild dog found in Australia
_____ teat - a place where a baby can drink milk from its
mother
C
E D
EP
D

278

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 6 - A Place to Remember

Think and Tell

What can you say about the houses in the box below? Do you
think these houses are newly built? Can you find these houses in
your place? Can you say that the houses in Vigan City are unique?
Why?

PY

O
C
E D

Government seeks support for Vigan in wonder cities


EP

competition

Manila, Philippines (Xinhua) The government today


called on Filipinos around the world to support the bid of Vigan
D

City in northern Ilocos Sur to become one of the worlds new


seven wonder cities.

Secretary Ramon Paje of the Department of Environment


and Natural Resources said Vigan needs the same
overwhelming support that made Palawans Puerto Princesa
Underground River (PPUR) one of the New Seven Wonders
of Nature in 2012.

279

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Paje, who served as the national campaign
manager for the PPUR, said Vigan deserves the Filipinos
full backing.

It has been wonderfully preserved as one of the


few Hispanic towns in the country, with structures intact
due to best practices in management, governance,
stakeholder involvement, and awareness on cultural
heritage, Paje added.

PY
Vigan City is a favorite tourist destination in northern
Philippines, famed for its unique colonial architecture
lined by cobblestone streets and distinct cuisine. It is the

O
only Philippine town on the list of heritage sites declared
by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization (UNESCO).
C
UNESCO describes Vigan as the best- preserved
example of a planned Spanish colonial town in Asia.
D
(philstar.com) Updated July 14, 2014-11:00pm.
E

Source: philstar.com, updated July 14, 2014 - 11:00pm


EP

Talk about It

Answer the folowing questions.


D

1. Why is the government calling on Filipinos around the


world?
2. Why should we give support to Vigan City?
3. Who helped preserve the city?
4. Do you think they did a great job?
5. Why is Vigan City a favorite tourist destination?
6. What can we see in this city?
7. How will you help preserve the beauty of the houses and
the cobblestone streets?
280

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Read the story and answer the questions that follow.

A Trip to Vigan City


Mary Jane T. Ganggangan

PY
Last Wednesday, the Flores family from Baguio City
decided to visit Vigan City. They started very early in the
morning. They had a stopover at Candon City at 8:00 am
to have their snacks. They continued their trip and reached

O
Vigan City at 10:00 am .They had a great time walking on
the cobblestone street of Calle Crisologo. Andrew and Gina
C
rode in a kalesa. They were amazed to see the different
colonial houses. In the afternoon, they went to Baluarte
and saw different animals. In the evening, they all went
D
to watch the Dancing Fountain at the plaza. They decided
to visit The Hidden Garden the following day. That night,
E

they had a peaceful sleep at the hotel.


EP

Talk about It
D

Answer the following questions.


1. Who decided to have a trip to Vigan City?
2. When did they go to Vigan City?
3. When did they watch the Dancing Fountain?
4. When did they go to Baluarte?
5. When did they decide to visit The Hidden Garden?
6. What did the Flores family feel about their trip to Vigan
City? Why do you say so?

281

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

Adverbs of time tell when or how frequent an action is


done.

Examples:

yesterday today tomorrow tonight

PY
last Monday in July in the morning

Find Out and Learn

O
C
Read the words and phrases. On the space before each word or
phrase, write A if it is an adverb of time and NA if it is not.

_____ once a week _____ at home


D
_____ everywhere _____ in October
_____ last Monday _____ in the canteen
E

_____ behind _____ tonight


_____ during recess _____ today
EP

_____ tomorrow _____ there

Try and Learn


D

Exercise 1
Underline the adverbs of time in each sentence.
1. The children walk to school early in the morning.
2. They wear their uniforms everyday.
3. The flag ceremony starts at 7:30 a.m.
4. Children rush to the canteen during recess.
5. They play patintero at noon.
282

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Exercise 2

Choose the correct adverb of time.

1. Mother went to market _______________________.


A. tomorrow B. yesterday C. today
2. She cooks our food _________________________.
A. everyday B. last night C. on Monday
3. She will wash our dirty clothes_________________.
A. last night

PY
B. on Wednesday
C. yesterday
4. She takes a nap __________________________.
A. at noon

O
B. at night
C. early in the morning
C
5. She goes to the parlor ______________________.
A. tomorrow
B. every Saturday
D
C. yesterday
E

Do and Learn
EP

Complete each sentence by adding the appropriate adverb of time.


Choose your answer from the group of words in the box.
D

on Sunday at 6:00 pm once a month


at 8:00 am early in the morning

1. The family eats their breakfast____________________.


2. The children attend their class _________________.
3. The family goes to mass ________________________.
4. They eat their dinner ___________________________.
5. They watch a movie together ____________________.
283

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Write about It

Write a three sentence paragraph using adverbs of time. Read


and share your work to the class. You may choose from the following
topics.
a) a birthday celebration
b) a visit to the farm

PY
Find Out and Learn

O
This is a Venn diagram. We use this graphic organizer to compare
persons, places, things, animals, stories, and ideas. The center
portion where the two circles overlap is for the common characteristics
C
of the things being compared. We write their differences at the outer
circles
E D
EP
D

284

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Read the story below.


The Carabao and the Cow
Once upon a time, the cow and the carabao were
very good friends.They were together everywhere in the
pasture. One day, they agreed to go to the river to swim.
Lets go early so that we will not be bothered by the

PY
people who go to the river to wash clothes, said the cow.
Yes, replied the carabao. And lets be there before
the bad boys arrive, they throw stones at us.
Very early next morning, they were at the riverbank.

O
They took off their hides hides could still be taken off
like that and carefully laid them on the grass. Then they
C
jumped into the cool water and enjoyed themselves.
They were having such fun swimming that they did
not notice the time. Soon, several women arrived carrying
D
basins and bundles of clothes to wash. With them were
some little boys ready to jump into the water.
E

Animals! cried one of the women. Drive them away


or we shall catch all their dirt!
EP

Running down the riverbank, the boys started


throwing pebbles at the carabao and the cow.
The two were very much frightened. They each
hurried up the bank and snatched the nearest hide. It
D

happened that in their hurry, the carabao and the cow


exchanged hides.
The cow, who was smaller than the carabao, put
on the hide of his friend. It proved too loose, especially
under the neck.
The carabao squeezed himself into the cows tight
hide. It was so tight that he never squeezed himself out
again.
-Philippine Legend

285

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Talk about It

1. Who are the two friends?


2. Why did they go to the river very early?
3. Why did the women tell the boys to drive away the cow
and the carabao?
4. What happened to the fearful cow and carabao?

PY
Compare and contrast the cow and the carabao.
What do you think are their similarities? Write them at the center
portion of the Venn diagram.

O
What are their differences? Write them at the outer circles.
C
E D
EP

cow carabao
D

286

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

Comparison - determines the similarities between or


among persons, places, things, animals, or ideas.
Words such as also, too, both, and similarly indicate
comparison.
Contrast - determines the differences between or among
persons,places, things, animals, or ideas.

PY
Words such as but, get, still, and although signal contrast.
We may use the Venn diagram to compare and contrast
ideas.

O
Try and Learn
C
Read the dialog. Compare and contrast the moon and the sun in
D
terms of their appearance, temperature, and brightness.
E

Which Do You Like Better?


EP

Sun: My dear friend, Earth, do tell me soon; which do


you like more me or the Moon?
Moon: Think well, dear Earth. I am cooler and prettier.
Sun: But then, good friend, Im bigger and brighter.
D

Earth: Dear friends, its hard for me to tell which I like


more; let me think well.
Sun: Well, pal, I give you heat and light.
Moon: And I help make the dark nights bright.
Sun: I make all plants and all trees grow.
Moon: And I help make peoples hearts glow.
Earth: Dear Sun, you are indeed a helper, but I cant
say I like you better. I like friend Moon, I like
you, too. And I love her as much as I love you.

287

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Moon Sun

PY
Do and Learn

O
C
Read the story. Compare and contrast Jose Rizal and Andres
Bonifacio in terms of their activities when they were young.
D

Philippine Heroes
E

During their time, Rizal and Bonifacio did good


things for the Filipinos and for our country.They are
EP

heroes.

Our heroes were little children like you, once upon


a time. When Andres was a little boy, his parents died
D

so he took care of his younger brother and sisters.

Andres worked very hard to earn a living. He


made paper fans and carved toys from wood. He sold
them along the streets. He also ran errands for others.

As a little boy, Jose Rizal used his time wisely. He


read a lot of books. He drew and painted pictures. He
molded figures out of clay. He carved things from wood.
He also wrote poems, stories, and playlets.

288

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Jose Rizal Both Andres Bonifacio

PY
O
Learn Some More
C
Read the story. Compare and contrast the city and the barrio in
terms of the following:
a. means of transportation in going to school
D
b. things seen around
c. weather
E

d. sounds heard
EP

The City and the Barrio


Many children in the city go to school. They ride on
buses or jeepneys. Some ride in cars or taxis.
D

Along the way the children see many people. They


see many houses and tall buildings. They feel uncomfortable
because the weather is warm. They hear the loud sounds of
the vehicles around. Oh! How noisy it is in the big city!
In the barrio, many children walk to school. They often
pass across ricefields and rivers. On the way, they see
different trees and plants. They enjoy the fresh air. They love
to listen to the sounds of the animals especially the chirping
of the birds. Oh! How wonderful it is in the simple barrio!

289

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
CITY City Barrio
BARRIO

PY
O
Think and Tell

Let us study the sample index below.


C
INDEX
D

Acronyms, 286
E

Blended words, 240


Compound words, 6, 103, 277
EP

Denotation,137
Fantasy, 258
Glossary, 244
D

Parts of a book, 10
Prefixes, 230, 251
Synonyms , 18, 37

1. On which page can you find something on fantasy?


2. If you want to read about blended words, what pages will
you read?
3. On which page can you find information about the parts
of a book?
290

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4. What is the first topic in the index?
5. How many pages cover the discussion on compound
words?

Remember

The index is a list of topics in a book that are arranged


alphabetically. It gives the pages where you can read about

PY
these topics.

O
Try and Learn
C
Exercise 1
Study the given index. Answer the questions on the next page.
D
INDEX
E

Adverbs, 166-171
EP

Biography, 130
Context clues, 98, 158
Descriptive words, 130
Fact, 242
D

Following directions, 12, 18-19


Homonyms, 156-157
News stories, 45-46, 50
Speech, 47-49
Writing, 33, 68, 115-117

291

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. On which pages can you read about following directions?
A. 12, 18-19 C. 166-171
B. 47- 49 D. 130
2. On which pages can you read about context clues?
A. 115-117 C. 98, 158
B. 18- 19 D. 45- 46

3. How many pages cover the discussion on news stories?


A. 1 C. 3
B. 2 D. 4

PY
4. On which pages can you read about adverbs?
A. 130 C. 18-19
B. 50 D. 166-171

5. What is the second topic in the index?


A. biography C. homonyms
O
B. speech D. adverbs
C
6. What is the topic on page 130?
D
A. descriptive words C. writing
B. fact D. speech
E

7. What is the last topic in the index?


A. writing C. homonyms
EP

B. context clues D. adverbs

8. How many pages talk about speech?


A. 2 C. 4
D

B. 3 D. 5

9. On which page can you read about descriptive words?


A. 100 C. 120
B. 110 D. 130

10. What topic can you read on pages 156-157?


A. following directions C. homonyms
B. biography D. fact

292

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Study the sample index. Answer the questions that follow.

INDEX

Intonation
correct intonation, 130-131

PY
falling, 3-5
rising, 3-5
shift, 3,12, 70, 80

Nouns

O
count nouns, 47
mass nouns, 46-48
singular and plural, 40-44
C
Poems
D
The Boy Who Never Told a Lie, 123
What We Do, 66
E

December, 132-133
This Happy Day, 14-15
EP

Sentences
commands, 83-84
declarative, 74-78
D

exclamatory, 85-88
interrogative, 79-82
requests, 89-90

Questions:

1. How many main topics are there?


2. Which main topic has the most number of subtopics?

293

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
3. Which main topic has the least number of subtopics?
4. If you want to read about interrogative sentences, to
which pages of the book will you go?
5. Which pages tell us about singular and plural nouns?
6. What poem can you read on pages 132-133?
7. How many subtopics are there under intonation?
8. On which page can you read the poem This Happy
Day?

PY
9. What kind of sentences can you read on pages 85-88?
10. What is the last subtopic under nouns?

O
C
E D
EP
D

294

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 7 - Holidays and Festivals

Think and Tell

What holidays do we celebrate in our country? What activities do


you do on a holiday?

PY
Find Out and Learn

Say something about each picture.

O
C
E D
EP

Read the sentences.

1. The Muslims are praying.


D

2. He is reading the Quran.


3. They go inside the mosque to pray.

Muslims are religious people.


This statement is a generalization. It is a general statement about
the Muslims which one makes after observing them pray, read the
Quran, and go to the mosque to pray.

295

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

What you read and what you already know help you
make a general statement about a person, situation, or event.
This is called a generalization.
In making generalizations, think about the similarities
about the gathered information and observations.

PY
Making generalizations is important because it helps
you know how much you understand about what you read.

Try and Learn


O
C
Read the sentences. Underline the correct generalization.
D
1. The sky is getting dark. The temperature is dropping.
Clouds are forming.
E

A. It is night time.
EP

B. It is a cloudy day.
C. A storm is coming.
2. The doors and windows are closed. The house is dark.
The plants have dried up and the gate is locked.
D

A. The family is asleep.


B. The family is on vacation.
C. The family is in the backyard.
3. All the school doors are locked. You cannot see
teachers and pupils around.
A. There are no classes.
B. There is an activity in the district.
C. There is no electricity in the school.
296

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Write in your notebook the correct generalization in each situation.


1. Mario went to the hospital. He had with him a basket of fruits
and some flowers.

A. Mario visited a sick friend in the hospital.


B. Mario is in the hospital because he is sick.

PY
C. Mario worked in a hospital.

2. There are balloons all around. Lots of food are on the table.

O
Children come with gifts. After eating, they sang and played
parlor games.
C
A. The children are in a birthday party.
B. The children are in the library.
D
C. The children are in the church.
E

3. Rita studies her lessons everyday. She gets perfect scores


EP

in her test. She makes her assignments and submits her


projects on time.

A. Rita is a hardworking pupil.


D

B. Rita is a lazy pupil.


C. Rita is an obedient pupil.

297

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Learn Some More

A. Read and draw each word in the box.

clam closet clothes

PY
O
globe blanket
C flute
D
plane gloves
E

B. Choose the correct word that will complete each sentence. Write
EP

your answers on your paper.

1. I will write the correct answer on the (blank, blanket, black)


2. The maps of the different countries are seen on a (glove,
D

globe, glue).
3. The (club, clown, class) in the fair makes the children laugh.
4. I can name the (planes, plants, planets) in the solar system.
5. My camera has a (flag, flute, flash).
6. The dressmaker designs beautiful (closets, clothes,
clowns).

298

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Read each sentence and take note of the underlined words.


1. Hari Raya Puasa was celebrated happily.
2. The people in the mosque pray silently.
3. The Grade 4 pupils walk quietly along the corridor.
4. They finished their work hurriedly.

PY
5. Nilda cheerfully approached the principal.

Answer the following questions.

O
1. How was Hari Raya Puasa celebrated?
2. How do the people pray in the mosque?
C
3. How do the Grade 4 pupils walk along the corridor?
4. How did they finish their work?
5. How did Nilda approach the principal?
E D

What do you call the underlined words?


What do they tell?
EP

What question do they answer?

Remember
D

Adverbs of manner tell how things are done. They answer


the question how. Most adverbs of manner are formed from
adjectives.

Examples: happy-happily easy-easily


slow- slowly silent-silently

299

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

A. Copy the sentences on your notebook. Box the adverb of


manner in each sentence.
1. Mila joyously watched the firework.
2. Mother prepared the food well.
3. Our visitor speaks softly.
4. The children happily go from house to house.
5. The victorious performers marched triumphantly down

PY
the street.
B. Write a sentence using each of the following adverbs of manner.
1. honestly

O
2. beautifully
3. well
4. quickly
C
5. calmly
D

Learn Some More


E

Circle the letter of the correct adverb of manner. Write it on the blank
EP

to complete each sentence.


1. When the leader talks too ___________, its difficult to
understand his cues.
D

A. slowly B. quick C. quickly


2. The singers ________ followed the directions of their
conductor.
A. goodly B. easily C. well
3. The audience cheered __________.
A. loudly B. successfully C. gently
4. Children _________ joined the parlor games.
A. angrily B. sadly C. eagerly
5. Participants waited for their turn __________.
A. loudly B. patiently C. correctly
300

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Sams chicken won First Place in the contest. It was


the heaviest chicken in the Fair.

PY
B

Whats the matter, are you chicken? Sams friends


asked him when he didnt join the pole-climbing con-

O
test. They didnt know that he is afraid of heights.
C
1. Read the sentences in the two boxes. Pay attention to the
meaning of the underlined word.
2. Was the underlined word used in the same way? Does it only
D
have one meaning?
3. What is the meaning of chicken in Box A? in Box B?
E

4. Look at the two book covers. Which one is the denotative


meaning of chicken? Which is the connotative meaning?
EP
D

301

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

Denotation is the specific, exact and concrete meaning of


a word. This is the meaning you will find in a dictionary.
Connotation is an idea or quality that a word makes
you think about in addition to its meaning. It refers to the
emotions associated with a word. Sometimes it has social
cultural implications. It can be positive or negative.

PY
Try and Learn

O
1. What is the connotative meaning associated with the following
animals?
C
Connotative Meaning
D
hen
E

owl
dove
EP

shark
snake
D

2. Can you think of other animals that have connotative meaning?


3. Write a pair of sentences that use the denotative and connotative
meanings of the word.
Example:
Len screamed when she saw the large snake staring at her.
Len knew that a person who is a snake cannot be trusted.

302

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Choose the word that best fits the sentence.


home, house 1. A _________is where a family lives happily
and harmoniously.
hungry, starving 2. Rene spent the whole day playing basketball
with his friends. When he arrived home he
was _________ to death.

PY
old, antique 3. Her _________ collection of bottles must be
worth a fortune.
small, minute 4. It has been found out that particles that are so
_________, we cant see by our bare eyes,
can cause allergies.

O
thrifty, miser 5. Rex spends wisely and saves his allowance.
However, if there is someone in need, Rex
C
helps that person. He is a _________ person.

Read and Learn


D

Read the poem.


E

The Index and the Index


EP

We have the index finger


To point at one thing or another;
To emphasize or warn us,
Needing no words to utter.
D

But to know a book better.


Theres an index to remember;
Topics are alphabetically listed:
To help us locate information faster.
What useful pair of indexes,
These finger and book portion;
One to use for body language,
And the other for location.
- Spectacles by Melinda D.C. Jadrin, et.al.

303

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Talk about It

1. What are the two kinds of indexes mentioned in the


poem?
2. What is the index finger for?
3. What is the use of the index in a book?

Find Out and Learn

PY
Where is the index found in a book?
What does the index contain?

O
How are the topics arranged?
Here is an example of an index.
C
INDEX
Adjectives, 149 Sentences
D
comparison, 155-164 commands, 83-84

order of adjectives, 149-150 declarative, 74-75, 78


E

Following directions, 12; 18-19 exclamatory, 85-88


EP

Intonation: interrogative, 74-76, 79


falling, 3 requests, 83-84
rising, 2 Verbs
D

Nouns future, 140-145


count nouns, 47 simple past, 130
mass noun, 46-48 simple present, 120-126
singular and plural, 40-44
1. How are the main topics arranged?
2. How are the subtopics arranged?
3. What is the first topic?
4. What is the last topic?
304

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
5. What do the numbers after the main topics and
subtopics refer to?

Try and Learn

Study the following index and answer the questions that follow.

INDEX
Density temperature, 115-119

PY
liquid, 12-13 volume, 112-115
regular solid, 10-11 Science
Graphs, 24-25 nature, 5

O
bar, 27 Scientific methods, 51
line, 26 collecting data, 64-66
C
pictograph, 29-30 experiments, 60-63
pie, 28 hypothesis, 57-59
D
Lab Safety, 17-19 looking at data, 53-54
Metric System, 98-130 scientific inquiry, 66-70
E

length, 100-102 variables, 55-56


EP

mass and weight, 98-100


measurement, 103-105
metric conversion, 106-110
D

_______ 1. Where can we read about safety rules in the laboratory?


_______ 2. On which pages is density discussed?
_______ 3. What topic is discussed on page 28?
_______ 4. What is the first subtopic about scientific methods?
_______ 5. On which pages will you look for information about
the metric system?

305

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 8 - Its Christmas Time Again!

Think and Tell

What gifts did you receive last Christmas? Who gave you those
gifts?

Read and Learn

PY
Read the dialog in the box.

O
Christmas Vacation
Ma. Rita Teresa V. Rioza
C
James and Pacoy came home from their dance
practice. Mother is cooking dinner.
D
James: Mother, may we talk to you?
Mother: Sure, what is it?
E

Pacoy: Our cousin, Kuya Linus, called just a while ago.


He is inviting us.
EP

James: Would you mind if we spend Christmas in their


home?
Mother: Its okay. But we have to attend the Christmas
party with our neighbors on December 27.
D

Pacoy: Can we leave after the Christmas party? We


would like to watch the street dancing.
Mother: Okay. You can take your vacation for three days
at Kuya Linus. Be sure to be here before New
Years Eve.
Pacoy: Will you help us tell Father about it?
Mother: Yes, I will tell your Father.
James and Pacoy: Thank you, Mother. We love you!
Mother: I love you, too!

306

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Answer the following questions:

1. When did the story happen?


2. Why did James want to talk to his mother?
3. Who is inviting James and Pacoy to take a vacation?
4. Why did James want to take a vacation at their cousins
place?
5. What did Mother ask James and Pacoy regarding their
vacation?

Find Out and Learn

PY

Read the sentences.

O
1) Would you mind if we take a vacation in their place?
2) Will you help us tell Father?
3) Can you give me a hug?
C
What do you notice about the sentences?
Does the first sentence state a purpose? What is it?
D
How about the second sentence? What do you think is its purpose?
Look at the third sentence. What is the purpose of the third sentence?
E
EP

Remember

There are kinds of sentences that have specific purposes


such as making requests. They politely tell us to do something.
You may use can, could, will, would, or would you mind
+ -ing form of verb to make polite requests.

307

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Exercise 1
Underline the words that show a polite request.
1. Would you please join the Christmas party?
2. There is a good theater show at the plaza. Do you mind
watching it?
3. Could you call some friends to give support to the

PY
Christmas Fund Raising?
4. Jane, can we ride in your car to the market to buy some
presents?
5. May we join the Readers Theater for the Christmas

O
Show?

Exercise 2
C
Get a partner. Have a short dialog on how to conduct the school
Christmas program. Use polite request.
E D

Do and Learn
EP

Read the telephone conversation. Circle the words that shows


making requests.

Vic: Good morning, can I speak to Miss Lopez,


D

please?
Ramon: May I know who is calling, please?
Vic: This is Vic Carpio, a pupil of Salapingao
Elementary School.
Ramon: Please hold on. Ill see if Miss Lopez is not
busy... Please speak on. Miss Lopez is on the
line.
Vic: Hello, Miss Lopez. Good morning.

308

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Miss Lopez: Hi, Vic. What can I do for you?
Vic: Maam, I would like to make a request.The
Pupil Government Officers in our school are
planning to conduct a Childrens Program on
December 18.
Miss Lopez: How may I help you?
Vic: Do you think you could lend us an LCD
projector?
Miss Lopez: Oh, certainly. Let me know when you are
going to use it.

PY
Vic: Could we go to your office tomorrow after our
class? We are going to give our request letter.
Miss Lopez: Ill be waiting for you in my office.
Vic: Thank you, Miss Lopez.

O
Miss Lopez: Youre welcome. Bye
C
Find Out and Learn
E D

The following words are associated with Christmas, New Year, or


Valentines Day. Write the words under the proper holiday.
EP

trumpet heart sleigh


cupid reindeer hat
poinsettia fireworks Christmas tree
D

clothes with polka dots red rose bow and arrow


Christmas Day New Years Day Valentines Day

Look at the words at the chart. How do they relate to each other?
309

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Here are more examples:

Gift is to Christmas Day as red rose is to Valentines Day.
Trumpet is to New Years Day as carol is to Christmas.

Remember

An analogy is a comparison of two things that may

PY
have similar or opposite characteristics or features.

O
Try and Learn
C
Exercise 1

Choose from the box. Write the word that completes each sentence.
D

church New Year heart


E

Santa Claus Christmas


EP

1. A lantern is to Christmas as fireworks is to __________.


2. A carabao is to a farmer as a reindeer is to __________.
D

3. Christmas is to Santa Claus as Valentines Day is to a


______.
4. Repentance is to Lenten Season as merry making is to
_______.
5. Muslims is to mosque as Christians is to __________.

310

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Exercise 2

Interview your seatmate using the following questions.

1. What celebrations do you observe in your school?


2. What activities do you do during such celebrations?

Do and Learn

PY
Choose the word that completes each sentence.

1. A lion is to animal as rose is to ________.

O
A. plant B. grass C. roots D. flower
2. Grass is to soil as seaweed is to _____.
C
A. water B. garden C. air D. pot
3. Elbow is to arm as knee is to _____.
A. walking B. finger C. leg D. nose
D
4. Heel is to foot as palm is to _______.
A. head B. hand C. leg D. stomach
E

5. Feet is to walk as hands is to ________.


EP

A. see B. smell C. hear D. touch


6. A banana is to yellow as a grapes is to ________
A. red B. orange C. brown D. violet
7. Fire is to hot as ice is to ______.
D

A. cold B. dry C. warm D. lukewarm


8. A mango is to fruit as a squash is to __________
A. toy B. vegetable C. tree D. animal
9. Ring is to finger as shoes is to ________.
A. animal B. feet C. hair D. hands
10. A kitten is to cat as kid is to _______.
A. pig B. dog C. cow D. goat

311

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Below is an example of a chart.


When do we use a chart? What does it contain?

Interpret it by answering the questions that follow.

Some Festivals in Pangasinan

PY
Month of
Festival Place
Celebration

O
Bangus Festival Dagupan City April

Bolinao,
Mangunguna Festival
C
Pangasinan
April

Pistay Dayat Festival Lingayen April


D

Aguilar,
E

Ansakket Festival July


Pangasinan
EP

Galicayo Festival Manaoag December

Mango-Bamboo San Carlos City,


D

April
Festival Pangasinan

1. When do we celebrate the Ansakket Festival?


2. What festivals are celebrated in the month of April?
3. Where do we celebrate the Galicayo Festival?

312

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

A chart gives information in the form of a table, graph, or


diagram. It is a tool used to make information easy to understand.

PY
Try and Learn

Study the chart carefully and answer the questions that follow.

Country Capital
O Continent
C
Philippines Manila Asia
D
Saudi Arabia Riyadh Asia
Sudan Khartoum Africa
E

Sweden Stockholm Europe


EP

United States
Washington D.C. North America
of America
D

1. What is the capital of United States of America?


2. Where is the Philippines located?
3. Which countries on the chart are located in Asia?
4. What country is located in Europe?
5. What is the capital of Sudan?

313

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Study the graph.

Expenditures of the Herrero Family

PY
O
C
E D
EP
D

Choose the correct answer.

1. On which item does the Herrero family spend the most?


A. rent
B. food
C. education
D. clothing

314

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
2. On which two items does the family spend the least?
A. savings and miscellaneous
B. recreation and water and electricity consumption
C. miscellaneous and water and electricity consumption
D. recreation and savings

3. What percentage is spent for education?


A. 9% C. 15%
B. 13% D. 20%

4. What does the graph show?

PY
A. the debts of the Herrero family
B. the expenses of the Herrero family
C. the savings of the Herrero family
D. the expenses of Mr. Herrero

O

5. Which item has 9% expenditure?
A. education
B. transportation
C
C. clothing
D. water and electricity consumption
E D
EP
D

315

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 9 - A Special Day

Think and Tell

What festivals have you attended? What did you see during each
festival?

PY
Read and Learn

Read the story.

O
Mangunguna Festival
Ma. Rita Teresa V. Rioza
C
It was summer vacation when Luke and Mandy went to
their grandparents place. They will attend the Mangunguna
D
Festival in Bolinao, Pangasinan.

Luke: Lolo, why is your festival called Mangunguna


E

Festival?
EP

Lolo Mar: Luke, Mangunguna Festival is a celebration of


aquaculture bounty, the fishermens vigor, and the
rest of the towns unity.
Mandy: Lola, what are the events of the festival?
D

Lola Zita: Mandy, there are water sport events such as the
carabao-swimming race and the canoe race along
the Balingasay River and Caquiputan Channel.
Luke: May I join Kuya Karlos in the carabao-swimming
race?
Lolo Mar: You can go with your Kuya Karlos but you cannot
join the race.
Mandy: Can you please tell us something about the race, Lolo?

316

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Lolo Mar: Six fishermen will ride in a canoe made from
used aluminum parts of World War II planes.
Lola Zita: These canoes are said to be lighter and faster
than those traditionally made from wood.
Luke: Can Mandy and I ride in the canoe?
Lolo Mar: Yes, you can ride in the canoe tomorrow after the
race.
Mandy: Please allow us to go and watch these different

PY
events.
Lola Zita: Children, you may go with your Lolo Mar and
watch the different races.
Luke and Mandy: Thank you, Lolo and Lola.

O
Luke and Mandy ate their breakfast, and went with Lolo
Mar. They were so excited and happy.
C
D
Talk about It
E

Answer the following questions:


EP

1. Where did the story happen?


2. Why is the festival called Mangunguna Festival?
3. What did Mandy ask Lola?
D

4. What are the events in the festival?


5. What did Luke ask Lolo Mar when he wanted to join the
carabao-swimming race?
6. Why do you think Lolo Mar didnt allow Luke to join the
race?
7. When can Luke and Mandy ride in the canoe?
8. If you were Luke and Mandy, would you also want to ride
in a canoe? Why?

317

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Read the sentences.

1) May I join Kuya Karlos in the carabao-swimming race?


2) Can Mandy and I ride in the canoe?
3) Please allow us to go and watch the different contests.

PY
Remember

O
There are sentences that have specific purposes such
as asking permission.
C
We usually use the word please in these sentences to
show politeness.
D
Please may be found in different parts of the sentence
E

at the start, end, or before the verb.

We can also use can, could, will, and would with the
EP

word please as well as would you mind + v-ing to make


polite requests.

Exercise 1
D

Circle the words that show asking permission.


1. Mrs. Santos, can I ask a question?
2. Can you play with us in the playground?
3. Can I borrow this book tonight, please?
4. May we go out after our seatwork is done?
5. Mr. Torres, may we stay in the school campus until
5 o clock this afternoon for our dance practice?

318

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Exercise 2
Read the situation in the box.

The Grade 4 class will participate in the street dancing for


the town fiesta. Costumes are not provided. Practice will be
done on Saturdays and Sundays.

How will you ask permission from your parents for this event?
On your paper, write two sentences about it.

PY
Do and Learn

O
Put a check () if the sentence asks permission and (x) if it does
not.
C
_____ 1. Aunt Mila, can I go with my friends to the plaza to
watch the show fiesta?
D
_____ 2. I will join the street dancing.
_____ 3. Luke, can I join your group presentation on 100 Ways
E

to Cook Bangus?
EP

_____ 4. I am invited to sing in the opening program. May I


come home at 9 oclock in the evening?
_____ 5. My classmates will rent costumes for their play.
D

_____ 6. Can we join in the street dancing?


_____ 7. Jane, can you go with us to the plaza?
_____ 8. Can you buy our tickets for the ferris wheel ride?
_____ 9. We can ride on the train.
____ 10. Will you carry my bag, please?

319

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Study the web below.


Bangus Festival

Ati-atihan Festival Moriones Festival


Festival

PY
Panagbenga Festival

Give words that you associate with the given words.


O
C
1. 2.
D

Activities
Activities
E

Feelings during a
during a
festival
festival
EP
D

Remember

Word classification a skill of grouping related words together.


Words can be classified or grouped together, according to ways
in which they are similar.

320

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Exercise 1

Read the words in each box. Write the classification of the words
in each set.

1. engineer 2. Jose Rizal 3.Ferdinand Marcos

PY
doctor Andres Bonifacio Corazon Aquino
lawyer Apolinario Mabini Ramon Magsaysay

O
4. pupil 5. Manny Pacquiao
teacher Efren Bata Jr.
principal
C Paeng Nepomuceno
D
Exercise 2
E

Underline the word or group of words that best describes the words
in the box.
EP

1. nephew baby teacher


A. children B. people C. relatives
D

2. magazine newspaper book


A. things to wear
B. things to clean
C. things to read

3. April December September


A. holidays B. days C. months

321

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4. drum guitar piano
A. noise B. instruments C. music

5. rainy sunny cloudy


A. climate B. weather C. typhoon

Do and Learn

PY
Find the best way to classify the words in each box. Circle the
letter of the correct answer.

1. cupcakes

Obrownies cookies
A. They are made with meat.
C
B. They are made with vegetables.
C. They are made with sugar, flour, and milk.
D

2. milk juice tea


E

A. You can eat them.


EP

B. You can cook them.


C. You can drink them.

3. dentist teacher scientist


D

A. They are mostly men.


B. They are mostly women.
C. They are all professionals.
4. banana santol orange
A. They are all fruits.
B. They are all sweet.
C. They are all vegetables.

322

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
5. cream butter cheese
A. They are all sour.
B. They are all dairy.
C. They are all sweet.

6. hammer saw screwdriver


A. They are all tools.
B. They are all utensils.
C. They are all instruments.

PY
7. shark dolphin whale
.
A. They are all fish.

O
B. They are all birds.
C. They are all farm animals.
C
8. skirt pants shirt
A. They are all body coverings.
D
B. They are all rainy day clothes.
C. They are all pieces of clothing.
E

9. Independence Day Ramadan Labor Day


EP

A. They are all months.


B. They are all reunions.
C. They are all holidays.
D

10. shepherd farmer veterinarian


A. They all sail in the ocean.
B. They all live in the desert.
C. They all work with animals.

323

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Look at the graph. Interpret the graph by answering the questions


that follow.

Number of Participants in the Mangunguna Festival

70
70

PY
68
68
66
66
64
64

O
62
62
60
60
C
58
58
56
56
D
54
54
Carabao-swimming Canoe Race Swimming with
Carabao-swiming
Race
Canoe Race Swimming with
Bamboo Poles
E

Race Bamboo Poles


EP

_____1. Which race has the least number of participants?


_____2. How many participated in the carabao-swimming race?
_____3. What is the difference in the number of participants
D

between swimming with bamboo poles and the canoe


race?
_____4. How many participated in all?
_____5. Which race ranks second?

324

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

A graph provides a visual representation of numerical


data. A line graph, bar graph, or other types of graphs represent
information in different ways. It is important to look at the lines,
curves, numbers, figures, labels, and other marks or legends in
a graph to accurately interpret it.

PY
Try and Learn

O
Exercise 1
C
Study the graph carefully and answer the questions that follow.

Banana Chips Sold by Aling Nenita During Their Town Fiesta


D

Number
E

of Packs Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday


1000 -
EP

900 -
800 -
700 -
D

600 -
500 -
400 -
300 -
200 -
100 -
0-

325

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. Which day has the most sales?
A. Thursday C. Friday
B. Saturday D. Sunday
2. How many packs of banana chips were sold last Friday?
A. 900 C. 700
B. 300 D. 500
3. How many packs of banana chips were sold last
Thursday and Sunday?
A. 1300 C. 900
B. 1600 D. 1800
4. When did Aling Nenita sell 6 00 packs of banana chips?

PY
A. Sunday C. Friday
B. Saturday D. Thursday
5. About how many more packs were sold last Saturday
than Thursday?

O
A. 100 C. 300
B. 200 D. 400
C
Exercise 2
D
Study the graph below. Write the correct answers to the questions
that follow.
E

Carnival Rides
EP

900
800
700
D

600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Ferris Wheel Caterpillar Octopus Horror Train Bump Car
Ride Ride

326

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. Which ride was least liked by the pupils?
2. Did most of the pupils ride the horror train?
3. How many pupils took the caterpillar ride?
4. Which rides were enjoyed by the same number of
pupils?
5. How many pupils rode the bump car?

PY
Do and Learn

Group Work

O
Study the graph below. Write the to answer in the each blank.
C
Number of Players during the Division Athletic Meet

Swimming X X X X
D
Basketball X X X X X X
Volleyball X X X X X X
E

Track and
X X X X X X X
Field
EP

Badminton X X X

Legend: X = 20 players
D

1. Number of badminton players ___________


2. Sports that has the same number of players ________
3. Sports that have the least number of players _________
4. Number of swimmers ____________
5. Difference in number of players between Track and Field
and Badminton _________

327

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
English Grade 4
Learners Material
First Edition 2015

Republic Act 8293, section 176 states that: No copyright shall subsist in any
work of the Government of the Philippines. However, prior approval of the government
agency or office wherein the work is created shall be necessary for exploitation of such
work for profit. Such agency or office may, among other things, impose as a condition
the payment of royalties.

Borrowed materials (i.e., songs, stories, poems, pictures, photos, brand


names, trademarks, etc.) included in this book are owned by their respective
copyright holders. DepEd is represented by the Filipinas Copyright Licensing Society
(FILCOLS), Inc. in seeking permission to use these materials from their respective
copyright owners. All means have been exhausted in seeking permission to use these
materials. The publisher and authors do not represent nor claim ownership over them.

PY
Only institution and companies which have entered an agreement with
FILCOLS and only within the agreed framework may copy from this Teachers Guide.
Those who have not entered the agreement with FILCOLS must, if they wish to copy,
contact the publishers and authors directly.

O
Authors and publishers may email or contact FILCOLS at filcols@gmail.com or
(02) 439-2204, respectively.

Published by the Department of Education


Secretary: Br. Armin A. Luistro FSC
C
Undersecretary: Dina S. Ocampo, PhD
Development Team of the Learners Material
D
Consultants and Editors:
Felicitas Pado, PhD Ofelia Flojo, PhD
Nemah Hermosa, PhD Perla Cuanzon, PhD
E

Rosalina J. Villaneza, PhD


Authors:
EP

Grace U. Rabelas Gretel Laura M. Cadiong Jennalyn S. Datuin


Victoria D. Mangaser Valeria Fides G. Corteza Evelyn F. Importante
Lilibeth A. Magtang Ma. Rita Teresa V. Riosa Mary Jane T. Ganggangan
Rose Ann B. Pamintuan Rosalina B. Mejorada Michelle L. Mercado
D

Graphic Artist: Mr. Reynaldo A. Simple and Jason O. Villanueva


Layout Artists:
Camille Francesca Mondejar Ezekiel Quijano
Cheradee B. Lumitap Matthew Daniel V. Leysa
Jerby S. Mariano

Printed in the Phillipines by Vibal Group, Inc.


Department of Education-Instructional Materials Council Secretariat (DepEd-IMCS)
Office Address: 5th Floor Mabini Building, DepEd Complex
Meralco Avenue, Pasig City
Philippines 1600
Telefax: (02) 634-1054 or 634-1072
E-mail Address: imcsetd@yahoo.com

ii

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
To you Dear Learners,

This learners material will help you express your ideas,


thoughts, and feelings about yourself, family, friends, your home,
school, and community.

This will also help you read with comprehension and apply
critical thinking and reasoning skills. You will also learn how to write
in different forms.

PY
You will love to do and talk about many things at home, in
school, and even in your community using what you learned from
this learners material.

O
Please do not write anything on this book as this will be used
C
next school year by pupils like you. Use either your paper or test
notebook to answer the different activities.
D
Have FUN learning!
E
EP

The Authors
D

iii

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Quarter 4: Just for Fun

Week 1: Learning Is Fun


Tessie and the Kitten ......................................... 332
When I Grow Up ................................................ 339
Week 2: Sharing Is Fun
The Legend of Locust ....................................... 342
The Visitor ........................................................ 343
Week 3: Kite Flying Is Fun

PY
A Craze for Loom Bands ................................... 363
Week 4: Fun with Tubby
Week 5: Fun Day with Grandma

O
How to Make a Stick Puppet ............................. 378
Week 6: Fishing Is Fun C
The Tortoise that Wanted to Fly ........................ 386
Work ................................................................. 388
Week 7: Fun in Summer
D
Will You Go to School this Summer? ................ 391
Summer Is the Best Season ............................. 401
E

Week 8: Fun with Friends


The Three Little Wolves and the Big Bad Pig ... 407
EP

Week 9:
Bicycle, a Wonderful Machine ........................... 423
Puppets as Actors ............................................. 426
Sock Puppets .................................................... 428
D

vii

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Quarter 4
Just for Fun

PY
O
C
E D
EP

Today is gone. Today was fun.


Tomorrow is another one.
D

Every day, from here to there,


funny things are everywhere
-Dr. Seuss

329

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 1 - Learning Is Fun

Try and Learn

Listen to the teacher as she reads the following sentences. Draw a


happy face before the number if it is a fact. Draw a sad face if it is
an opinion.

PY
____1. All boys enjoy kite flying.
____2. Reading is a worthwhile activity.
____3. I think playing online games is better than the traditional
games like sipa and patintero.
____4. Baking is only for girls.

O
C
____5. Playing games like basketball, badminton, and
volleyball helps keep our bodies healthy.
D

Remember
E
EP

A fact is something that is true and supported by


evidence.
An opinion is only a belief. It is also an expression of a
persons feelings. Clue words like think, believe, feel,
D

probably, or seems signals an opinion.

330

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

The sentences that follow are taken from the paragraph in the box.
In the space before each number, write FACT if the sentence states
a fact. Write OPINION if it expresses a feeling or belief.

I like to take a walk everyday because it

PY
makes me feel more energetic. A vigorous walk
makes my heart beats faster. A doctor told me that
during exercise, the heart pumps more oxygen to
the body.

O
Aside from this, I enjoy walking because it
makes me appreciate nature more. The sights
C
and sounds along the way make me really happy.
D
_____________ 1. I like to take a walk everyday.
_____________ 2. I feel more energetic after the walk.
E

_____________ 3. The heart pumps blood throughout the body.


EP

_____________ 4. I enjoy walking because it helps me


appreciate nature more.
_____________ 5. A vigorous walk makes the heart beat faster.
D

Write about It

Write a sentence stating a FACT or an OPINION. Read your


sentences to the class. Ask your classmates to identify whether it is
a fact or an opinion.

331

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Let us read the short story.

PY
O
C
D

Preposition
E

Read and Learn


EP

Lets read the short story below.

Tessie and the Kittens


Tessie has nine kittens. Sometimes they are very
D

naughty. They like to move around the house.


Trixy is asleep on the sofa. Topsy is playing with a
ball of yarn. Topper is running after the mouse. Tammy is
hiding under the table. Tipsy is next to the fish bowl. Trixa is
walking into the living room. Tinkle is jumping over the bin.
Tally is standing in front of the door. Tommy is hiding behind
the chair. Now that Tessie has found all the kittens, she puts
them in a book.

332

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Look at the underlined words from the story Tessie and the Kittens.
Notice the words that come after the underlined words.

What kind of words are these?


What do the underlined words show?
What do we call them?
What other prepositions show location?

PY
In the sentence I went to the store before I made dinner, what
does the preposition before describe?

O
Remember
C
Prepositions are words that show the location of
persons, animals or things.
D
Examples: in, at, around, over, behind, by, along, inside,
outside, and near.
E

Some prepositions also show time relationships.


Examples: before, after, for, from, during, through, and until
EP

Try and Learn


D

Choose the prepositions in each sentence. Write them in your


notebook.

1. Dwight walked across the street.


2. Erin wandered into the pet store.
3. Michael left before lunchtime.
4. You have to wash your hands before you eat.
333

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
5. We went over the bridge in our new car.
6. The temperature yesterday was below zero.
7. I ran down the hill and rolled on the grass.
8. My sister ran past me to catch the school bus.
9. I always seem to daydream during class.
10. Tomorrow, I get to eat dinner at my friends house.

Do and Learn

PY
Underline the correct preposition in each sentence.

O
1. Farmers, teachers, and pupils from different barangays or
barrios drove (in, into) town for the Market Days.
C
2. Jeepneys, trucks, and carts were parked (around, above)
the bend.
3. (Besides, Beside) the vegetable, flowers, and animal
D
shows, there were cooking contests.
E

4. People learned about the local news and Market Day (from,
off) each other.
EP

5. People bought fruits and vegetables (from, off) the farmers.


6. Many people participated (to, in ) the Market Day celebration.
7. This years Market Day is much different (off, from) last
D

years celebration.
8. People stayed (until, at) late in the afternoon to see plays
and special events.

334

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Last year, the Girl Scouts in our school celebrated their


anniversary with a field trip. They explored the virgin forests of
Palawan. They went around a place where a thick long line of
trees were not yet touched by loggers.
The local officials told them that these forests help their
community have a steady supply of water and electricity.
The girls appreciated how the people in the community

PY
work together in keeping their forests unspoiled. They learned
the value of preserving nature and taking good care of our
forests.

O
Talk about It C
1. Who celebrated their anniversary?
2. How did they celebrate their anniversary?
D
3. What was the purpose of their trip?
4. How would you describe a virgin forest?
5. Where do you think can we find a virgin forest?
E

6. What did the Girl Scouts learn about forests?


7. Why do we need to preserve our forests? How can you
EP

help in preserving our forests?

Find Out and Learn


D

Read the story again and look for the meanings of the underlined
words. Circle the word or words that explain their meaning.

How were you able to get the correct meaning of each word?
Did you analyze how it was used in context?
Did you study the words before or after the unfamiliar words?
Is there a word that signals the correct meaning?
How do we get the meaning of unfamiliar words through context
clues?
335

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

To get the meaning of an unfamiliar word through context


clues, study how it is used in the sentence. The words before
or after an unfamiliar word will help you get its meaning.

PY
Try and Learn

O
Read the sentences. Box the word/s that give/s the meaning of
the underlined word. C
1. Do you prefer mangoes to lanzones? If you like mangoes
better than lanzones, then go to Cebu and have a fill of
the best mangoes in the world!
D

2. Our community has a small population. The number of
E

people living here is about 150 people.



EP

3. True friends are rare or hard to find so if you find one,


treasure him/her forever.

4. Do you think we will have sufficient supply of electricity by
2020? Everyone hopes we will have enough electricity
D

by then.

5. We have an abundance of rice this year. When we have


plenty of rice, we sell these to other countries.

336

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Read the sentences carefully. Identify the meaning of the underlined


words as used in each sentence. Choose the letter of the correct
answer.

1. My cousin Roland is a seaman. One night, he told his


family a tale about a huge blue whale that he saw in Pacific
Ocean.

PY
A. poem C. story
B. secret D. lie
2. A wonderful 68-year old woman is working day and night
to knit scarves to be sent as gifts for her relatives. What a

O
selfless person she is!
A. selfish C. likes to wear scarves
B. has no name
C
D. cares more about others than herself
3. Mang Carding labors sixteen hours a day and
D
never has the time for a vacation. He deserves better!
Everyone should have at least one day in a week for rest and
relaxation.
E

A. plays C. eats
B. works D. unions
EP

4. The mouse scampered across the rice field and into the
hole of a tree. It wanted to get home quickly and hide from
its enemies.
D

A. rolled C. ran
B. walked D. jumped
5. Our new alarm system will wake up the entire neighborhood
if an intruder gets in the house. We do not want anyone to
intrude our house.
A. be very noisy
B. paint or repair old buildings
C. wear ones shoes on the wrong feet
D. go where one is not wanted or doesnt belong
337

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Think and Tell

Taking down notes is a good way to help you identify important


ideas in class.
Have you ever taken down notes while reading a passage, an
article, or a textbook? Why do you take notes? Think about the
reasons for making notes and write them down to complete the mind
map below.

PY
Why take down notes?
1.

O
2.
3.
C
D
Remember
E
EP

Taking down notes helps you remember important points.


In doing so, remember the following:

1. Jot down the key words and phrases.


D

2. Jot down only the main ideas and important details.


3. Use a word or a short phrase to explain an idea.
4. Use your own words so that you can understand them
later.
5. Write legibly so that you can easily read your notes
when you refer to them later.

Source:Skill Builders for Efficient Reading Wilhellmina Borjal, et. al

338

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Read the following story. Take note of the important ideas and
details. Answer the questions that come after.

When I Grow Up

Riza, Joey, Charlie, and Freddie were walking home

PY
from school one afternoon. They were talking about their
lesson on what they would like to be when they grow up.
When I grow up, Ill be a firefighter just like my dad,
said Joey. Ill help people with houses on fire. Ill be a brave

O
and strong firefighter. Ill have my fire truck always ready.
When I grow up, Ill be a police officer, said
C
Charlie. Ill do my best to keep our country peaceful and
orderly. Ill always be watching out for people who steal and
Ill run after them with my motorcycle.
D

Ill be a mailman when I grow up, said Ferdie. Ill


E

deliver mail and packages to the people in our town everyday.


Ill see to it that my mailbag is emptied at the end of the day.
EP

How about about you, Riza? What would you want to


be when you grow up? asked Joey.

Oh, Ill be a teacher like my mother. Ill teach


D

children how to read, write, and compute. Will you let me


teach your children when we grow up? asked Riza.
Sure, Riza, well do that, said the three boys. For sure,
you will be one of the best teachers in our town, just like your
Mother, Charlie added.

Source: Stairway to English

339

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. What were the four children talking about on their way
home?
_____________________________________
2. What does Joey want to be when he grow up?
_______________________________________
3. Who would like to be a policeman?
_______________________________________
4. What did Freddie promise to do if he becomes a
mailman?

PY
_______________________________________
5. Why does Riza want to be a teacher?
_______________________________________

O
C
E D
EP
D

340

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 2 - Sharing Is Fun

Read and Learn

There are different kinds of stories. We read legends, epics, fables,


and others. Each may be classified as reality or fantasy. One of the
qualities of an effective reader is to distinguish between reality and
fantasy.

PY
Remember

O
Reality refers to a situation that may happen in real life.
C
Fantasy refers to situations that are magical or make-
believe that could not happen in real life.
D

Try and Learn


E

Can you tell which is real and which is a make-believe? Read the
EP

sentences about the sun. Write Yes if it is real and No if it is a


make-believe.

_____ The sun sleeps and goes to bed at night.


D

_____ The sun rotates on its axis.


_____ The sun is a star.
_____ The sun eats the moon during a lunar eclipse.
_____ Too much exposure to the sun may cause skin problems.
_____ Astronauts will be sent to the sun to study it more closely.
_____ The sun is bigger than the moon.
_____ Human beings can live on the sun.
_____ The sun is made up of burning gases.
_____ All planets revolve around the sun.

341

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Read the legend below. Use the chart to group the underlined
sentences into reality or fantasy.

The Legend of Locusts

There once lived a rich man named Lucoy who was


very selfish. Although he had much rice in his house, he never

PY
shared any to the poor and needy.

One day, an old beggar came to his house to ask for food.
Lucoy was rude to him and told him to go away. The beggar

O
who was a bit deaf asked again for food. Lucoy pushed him
roughly out of the house. The beggar stumbled and fell. When
he got to his feet, he told Lucoy, A great misfortune will soon
C
happen to you, suddenly there was loud roaring thunder and a
lightning flashed across the sky.
D
That evening, when Lucoy went home, he saw a swarm of
insects around his house. The air was filled with the noise they
E

made. He went outside and found that his rice had turned into
insects which we now call locusts.
EP

Reality Fantasy
D

342

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Write about It

Interview your grandparents or any elder member of your family.


Ask them about the different beliefs in your area/region. Write and
identify these beliefs as real or fantasy.

Find Out and Learn

PY
There is something in the bag that the bunny has not given to the
other animals. Lets find out what it is. Let us read their dialogue.

O
The Visitor
Rosalina B. Mejorada
C
E D
EP
D

One day, a squirrel visited the bunny.

Squirrel: Good morning, Bunny.


Bunny: Good morning, Squirrel. What a pleasant
surprise! What can I do for you?

343

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Squirrel: I heard that you have a magical bag. I was
hoping if you can help me.
Bunny: Why? What is your problem?
Squirrel: My baby did not sleep well last night. He
had fever and cough.
Bunny: What did he do during the day?
Squirrel: He went to the forest and played the
whole day. When he arrived home, he

PY
was perspiring. He went to sleep. When
he woke up last night, he was crying and
complaining of headache.

O
Bunny went inside to get his magic bag. He got something
inside the bag and gave it to the squirrel.
Bunny:
C
Here, take this bottle and paper. Read and
follow the instruction written on the paper.
D
Squirrel: Thank you very much, Bunny!
Bunny: Youre welcome, Squirrel.
E

Squirrel read what was written on the paper.


EP

Read what is written on the piece of paper given by Bunny to


Squirrel.
D

Rx MAGIC SYRUP
Rx. MAGIC SYRUP
One bottle 80ml
One
Sig.bottle
1 tsp80
3xmLa
Sig.
day5for
mL6(1days
tsp)
3x a day for 6 days

344

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
What Bunny gave to squirrel is called a prescription.

1) What medicine was prescribed?


2) How long will the squirrels baby take the medicine?
3) How many times a day must he take the medicine?
4) What do you think is the best time for him to take the medicine?
5) If the squirrel follows the instructions written on the prescription,
what will happen to his baby?

Remember

PY
In interpreting direction, do the following:
Read and understand the directions carefully.

O
Take note of the important words.
C
Try and Learn
D

Below is the example of a pancake recipe. Study it well and answer


E

the questions that follow.


EP

Pancake

Estimated time of preparation: 15 minutes


Estimated time of cooking: 20-30mins
Good for 4-6 servings
D

Ingredients:
1 cup all purpose flour
1 tablespoon sugar
1 1/2 tablespoons baking powder
2 eggs beaten
1 cup evaporated milk
1/4 cup melted butter
1/8 teaspoon salt

345

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Procedure:
a. Combine flour, sugar, baking powder, and salt In a
bowl. Mix well.
b. In another bowl, combine the eggs, milk and butter.
c. Let it stand for five minutes and combine the two
mixtures.
d. Heat a non-stick pan in a low heat, grease using melted
butter.
e. Scoop and pour 1/3 cup of batter in the pan.

PY
f. Flip when the bubbles on edge break. Flip and cook
the other side until golden brown.
g. Repeat the steps for the remaining batter.

O
h. Spread some butter and sprinkle some sugar before
serving. C
1. How many cup of all purpose flour should you use?
a. one c. three
b. two d. four
D

2. What will be used to measure the salt?


E

a. cup c. teaspoon
b. bowl d. tablespoon
EP

3. How much time do you need in preparing all the ingredients?


a. 10 minutes c. 20 minutes
b. 15 minutes d. 25 minutes
D

4. What should you do with eggs before combining them with milk
and butter?
a. beat them c. fry them
b. boil them d. slice them

5. If you want to change the recipe to make 8-12 servings, what


should you do?
a. Do not beat the eggs c. Sprinkle more sugar
b. Use a bigger pan d. Double all the ingredients

346

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Read the directions inside the box. Then, answer the questions that
follow.

DOSAGE:
Children 4-6 years old: 5 mL (1 teaspoon) 3 times a day
Children 6 -12 years old: 15 mL (1 tablespoon) 3 times a day

PY
Adults: 30 mL (2 tablespoons) 3 times a day

1. If your brother is 5 years old, how many times will you give

O
him this medicine?
2. What will you use to measure the medicine you will must
take?
C
Skin Ointment - best for itching due to insect bite, skin allergy, and
D
other minor irritations
E

Directions: Apply on affected parts three or four times a day. Do not


apply on fresh wounds or on bleeding parts of the body. If a red rash
occurs on the affected part, stop using it.
EP

3. What is this ointment for?


4. How many times a day shall you use this ointment?
D

5. When is this ointment not applicable for skin irritations?

347

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Write about It

Using the given map below, write the directions in going to three
different places. Take note of your starting point.
1. Ronalds Gym
2. Bookstore
3. Toy Store

Santos Street

PY
BM
RC elry Ronalds Rizal Street
Jew ore Gym n
St tio

O
a
ion St
at ice
St l
ire Po
F
Supermarket
C
Bonifacio Street

Quezon Street
You
Aguinaldo
Aguinaldo Street are
Street
E

here!
EP

re Seafood
Rizal Street

k sto Restaurant
Boo
Market
D

ffe y
To re
arl
or Co op o
P Sh St

Roxas Street

School

348

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

To and from are prepositions.


To indicates a movement toward a direction or place.
From indicates a place where something or someone
comes from.

PY
Talk about It

O
Talk about your latest toy/gadgets, best friend, or favorite place. Tell
something about it using the prepositions to and from.
C
Example:

My mother gave me a new cellphone. She gave it to me on my


D
birthday. She bought it from a store in Korea. I was so happy when
I received it. I showed it to my friends in school the following day.
E

They told me it was the latest model from a Korean Company. I


really liked my new cellphone.
EP

Try and Learn


D

Circle the correct preposition.


1. The books fell (to, from) the table.
2. The Reyes family is going (to, from) Laguna this weekend.
3. Father just arrived home (to, from) Manila.
4. Please give this note (to, from) your teacher.
5. Where did you come (to, from)?

349

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Read and analyze the sentences. Find the opposite meaning of the
underlined word as used in the sentence.

1. There was a drought in the place where the bunny lived.


After he used the magic present, rain fell and then there
was plenty of food for everyone.

PY
2. The wizard offered the bunny a bag full of little bouquets
of flowers. After he used them, the bag became empty.
3. Bunny was about to pull out the final bouquet, when his
little brother arrived home, crying with hunger. He gave

O
him the bouquet. His brother left, laughing with joy.
C
Try and Learn
D

Read the underlined word in the first sentence. Encircle its


E

antonym in the second sentence.


EP

1. Edna could not buy the expensive dress. She just bought
the cheap one.
2. The Philippines is known for its abundance of natural
D

resources. However, people still experience shortage of


food and basic necessities.
3. No person is completely bad. Everyone is capable of
doing good.
4. Several business establishments do not gain much. Many
lose thousands of pesos because of economic problems.
5. Failures in life are not permanent. We experience success
every now and then.

350

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Read the sentences and identify the antonym of the underlined


words. Write your answer on the blank before each number.

The pupils of Mrs. Lilia Perez display different kinds of behavior.

__________ 1. Samantha is a very quiet girl.


Jasmine, on other hand, is very talkative.

PY
__________ 2. Russel is generous, always ready to give
financial help to his classmates unlike Jerome
who is selfish and doesnt even care for the
needs of others.

O
__________ 3. The class valedictorian, Nicole is very humble.
She is not proud of herself and achievements.
C
__________ 4. Bryan is a polite boy. He is never rude to his
teachers, classmates, and even to strangers.
D
__________ 5. Monique is industrious while Jason is lazy.
E
EP
D

351

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 3 Kite Flying Is Fun

Remember

Some events in stories are likely to happen in real life.

Do and Learn

PY
Read the following short stories carefully and examine if they could
really happen in real life.

O
_____1. Etong is a mountain boy. He lived in a house near a
forest. There were wild pigs in the forest. When he was
ten years old, his father gave him hunting gadgets as
C
a gift. He used them in hunting wild animals.
_____2. Mother found hair floating on the water. In the bottom
of the pool of water were soft snails or ginga. These
D
were the boys skin and muscles. She also found
hard-shelled snails or katan, the boys former bones.
E

Sadly, she realized that her son turned into a snail.


My son! My poor son had become a snail.
EP

_____3. Peter dove into the ocean with a spear. Suddenly


the king of whales swallowed him. Inside the mouth,
Peter put the spear between the whales jaw so it
could not close its mouth.
D

_____4. Gab went to Tagaytay for the first time. He was


delighted to see the Taal Volcano from the Peoples
Park. He was thrilled to visit the Puzzle Mansion and
try the rides in Skyranch. He liked the cool breeze
and the beautiful flowers. Most of all he enjoyed the
company of his family.
_____5. The group of thrill seekers laughed and shouted
whenever their seats wound up and down the roller
coaster rails.

352

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Let us read the sentence taken from the selection Kite Flying.

sign

a) to affix signature
b) symbol used in a mathematical operation

PY
c) an event or action which shows that something else will
happen

O
star

a) heavenly body of burning gases that can be seen in the


sky
C
b) a figure with ten sides
c) an outstanding talented performer
E D

Remember
EP

Some words have multiple meanings. The specific meaning


can be identified through context clues.
D

353

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Study the words in bold face. Find a related word in the sentence
which explains their meaning. Draw a line from its each sentence to
the correct picture. Study the given example.

12 The boy puts


a stamp on
his letter.

PY
Stamp your
foot twice.

34
O This ruler is
C one foot long.

The athlete
hurt his foot.
E D

56 The leaves are


falling.
EP

Mother leaves
for work every
morning.
D

78 A diploma carries
the seal of the
school.

The seal can do


many tricks.

354

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
9-10 Grandma goes up
the steps slowly.

The farmer steps


on the twig.

Do and Learn

PY
Choose the correct meaning of the underlined word in each sentence.
Write the letter of the correct answer in your notebook.

A. station
O
C
_____ 1. Christ commands us to love one another whatever
our station in life is.
D
_____ 2. The cadet took his station at the Rizal Shrine.
_____ 3. The suspects were brought to the police station.
E

a) a social position
b) a place to stand in
EP

c) a building for a definite purpose

B. range
D

_____ 1. The rebels hid in the Sierra Madre ranges.


_____ 2. The buffaloes roam on the range.
_____ 3. Theres a wide range of sports shoes to choose from.
a) a land for grazing
b) a row of mountains
c) a set of different things of the same general type

355

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C. habit

_____1. Nowadays, nun wears a more modern habit.


_____2. Its Henrys habit to shout with joy in the morning.
_____3. Monks follow strict habits.
a) a regular practice
b) a condition of body or mind
c) the dress of a person belonging to a religious
order

PY
D. court

_____1. Max will court trouble if he continues to challenge a


passerby into a fight.

O
_____2. The teams paraded around the court.
_____3. The deposed ruler was brought to court for
trial.
a) risk incurring misfortune
C
b) a place marked off for a game
c) a place where justice is administered
E D

Learn Some More


EP

Look at the multiple meaning cards. Given is a set of meanings for a


certain word. Guess the word and write it on a blank card. The first
letter of the missing word is given.
D

1.
an open a figure with to agree in s
space in the four equal every point
city sides

356

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
2.
a
large a hollow a tube that
boat container carries blood v

3.

the upper part of a structure for


the nose
a card game
crossing a river b

PY
s
4.
a bomb placed a deep hole
under the for digging out belonging to m

O
surface of coal, gold etc me
the sea C
5.
the to fix
degree of firmly
to throw like p
D
highness and on the
lowness of in baseball
ground
sound
E
EP

Find Out and Learn


D

Study the pictures and sentences below.

A.
.
The kite is between the two boys .

357

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
B. Anthony shared his kite among all
his friends .

C. She distributes the cake among


all the visitors .

PY
D. He walked between the two lines of soldiers .

O
1. What are the underlined words?
C
2. Look at the encircled words. What part of speech are they?
3. How do the words among and between relate to the encircled
D
words?
4. Take a look at sentences numbers 1 and 4. How many
persons are referred to? When do we use between?
E

5. Look at numbers. 2 and 3? How many persons are referred


to? When do we use among?
EP

Remember
D

A preposition is a word written before a noun or pronoun.


It connects a noun or pronoun to the other words in the
sentence.
Between is used when referring to two persons or objects.
Among is used when referring to more than two persons or
objects.

358

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Read the following sentences. Fill in each blank with between or


among.

Our family watched a concert last Friday. I sat ______


my mother and my father. _________ all the singers, I liked
Sarah Geronimo the most. We enjoyed the performance of

PY
the singers. After the concert, we ate in a restaurant.

Each of us ordered delicious food. I chose _______ a


beef or chicken dish. Mother also ordered fruits in season.

O
All the fruits were sweet but the mango was the sweetest
_________ them. C
Talk about It
D

Look carefully at the pictures. Make your own sentences based on


E

the pictures using among and between.


EP

1.
D

359

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
2.

PY
O
C
Write about It
D

Make your own sentences using the guide words and the suggested
E

prepositions.
EP

1. money among group members


2. fruits between Johnny and Bryan
3. secret between two of us
4. motorcycle among all vehicles
D

5. Mr. Reyes among all male teachers

360

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Study the entries in the glossary below.

ailerons movable flaps on each side of


the wings of an airplane
air a mixture of several gases

PY
air pressure the force of air upon all
surfaces
anopheles a kind of mosquito that carries
malaria germs

O
barometer an instrument for measuring
air pressure
biplane
C an airplane with two supporting
surfaces one above the other
cancer a disease caused by the
D
unusual growth of cells in the
body
E

centrifugal force the tendency of whirling bodies


to move away from the center
EP

centripetal force the tendency of whirling bodies


to move toward the center
comet a heavenly body that has a
luminous tail
D

dermis the inner layer of the skin


dinosaur a group of huge reptiles which
are now extinct

In which part of the book can we find a glossary?


What information does it contain?
How are the words listed?
What is another name for a glossary?
361

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

The glossary is a special dictionary. It is an essential


part of the book that helps us understand the meaning of the
difficult terms/words used in the book.

Try and Learn

PY
Refer to the sample glossary in the previous page to answer the
questions.
1. Which term refers to the inner layer of the skin?

O
A. cancer
B. dermis
C. exercise
D. epidermis
C
2. What type of aircraft has two supporting surfaces?
A. airplane
D
B. biplane
C. barometer
D. comet
E

3. What does a barometer measure?


A. air pressure
EP

B. humidity
C. temperature
D. wind direction
4. Which of the following tends to move whirling bodies away
D

from the center?


A. gravity
B. air pressure
C. centripetal
D. centrifugal
5. In which group of animals do dinosaurs belong?
A. mammals
B. reptiles
C. amphibians
D. birds
362

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Read the article and look for the meaning of the underlined words
in the glossary.

A Craze For Loom Bands


Justin Parkinson

PY
Why are loom bands one of the most popular toys
in the world at the moment?
In this generation of babies playing with the tablets

O
and young teenagers living and breathing social media, it
seems curious to find that rubber bands are a big thing.
C
Playgrounds and living rooms are invaded with these
from colored bands.
Children are spending hours weaving them into
D
bracelets. Parents are getting tired of picking them up from
behind sofa and off the floor. Some schools have even
E

banned them after finding out that some children used loom
bands to hurt others.
EP

The Rainbow Loom, a plastic device for turning small


rubber bands in jewellery, has been sold worldwide.
Children use the looms with their own fingers, to weave
D

colored bands into items such as bracelets, necklace and


charm. They use dozen of different designs, dragon scale
and the inverted hexafish. Most ambitious project include
skipping ropes, animal shapes, and even a suit worn by US
TV host Jimmy Kimmel.
Source: BBC News Magazine, June 25, 2014

363

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
GLOSSARY

A
acrobatics /akr-batiks/ the tricks played by
an expert on trapeze,
tightrope, gymnastics, or
tumbling
adios /-dyos/ Spanish for goodbye;

PY
farewell

antics /antiks/ clownish, foolish acts

O
ballad /bal ad/
C a romantic or
sentimental song with the
same melody for each
stanza
D

ban /ban/ to forbid people from using


E

boon /bo on/ a welcome benifit; blessing


EP

C
cardinal /kar d nl/ bright red
D

chili /chil i/ the dried pod of pepper; a


very hot seasoning
cockeye /kok / squinting eye
craze / kr/ something that is very
popular for a period of time

364

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
D
defraud /di-frd/ to cheat
demure /dmyoor/ affectedly modest

E
epilogue /ep-l-lg/ conclusion; final scene
of a play or a literary
piece
ethnic /let-nik/ having or originating

PY
from racial, linguistic,
and cultural ties with a
specific group
F

O
flay /fl/ to strip off the skin or
hide; to criticize or scold
mercilessly
C
fray /fr/ noisy quarrel; brawl
D
______________1. What is another word for brawl?
______________2. What is a cockeye?
E

______________3. What do you call someone who is


affectedly modest?
EP

______________4. What is a romantic or sentimental song


with the same melody for each stanza?
______________5. What does antics mean?
______________6. What is another word for bright
D

red?
______________7. How many syllables does the word
cardinal have?
______________8. What word means a welcome benefit or
blessing?
______________9. What do you call a very hot seasoning?
______________10. What is the Spanish word for farewell?

365

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 4 - Fun with Tubby

Read and Learn

Read each sentence. Refer to the picture above each sentence.

PY
a. Andys family loaded the cat in the car.

O
C
D
b. Andy was surprised when he saw Tubby in his room.
E
EP

c. Tubby sleeps on Andys bed.


D

d. Andy understood that if he wants to sleep on his bed,


he must get into it before Tubby did.

366

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
e. Andy put his cap on the hook above the mirror.

PY
f. After a few days, Tubby started sleeping under Andys bed.

O
Remember
C
D
The commonly used prepositions of place are on, in, over,
above and under.
E

We use on to refer to streets, avenues, etc.


Example: She lives on Acacia Street.
EP

We use in to refer to land areas.


Examples: She lives in Barangay Mayumi.
Rosario is in Pasig City.
D

Tagaytay is in the province of Cavite.

We use over to indicate a path of motion.


Example: The fox jumps over the fence.

We use above to refer to a higher level or higher in vertical line.


Example: There were birds above the trees.

We use under to refer to a lower level. Something is above it.


Example: How long can you stay under the water.

367

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Fill in the blanks with prepositions that show position or location.


1. Mother asked me to set the plates ______ the table.
2. My little brother sits ______ me when he wants to be
cuddled.
3. We do not put our elbows ______ the table when we eat.
4. The number ______ the line in a fraction is called the

PY
numerator.
5. They keep some blankets ______ the bed to save space.
6. We keep our clothes ______ a closet.
7. Girls keep their sewing materials ______ a sewing box.

O
8. Dogs usually stay ______ the table when people are
eating.
9. It is fun to play ______ the rain.
10. We waited ______ the shade of the tree.
C
D
Do and Learn
E

A. Work in Pairs
EP

1. Work with a partner. One of you will act out a sentence with
a preposition while the other one will guess the sentence.
Example:
D

Pupil A: What am I doing?


Pupil B: You are putting your book in your bag.

2. Present your conversation in front of the class.

368

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
B. Work in Groups

Write three to five sentences about the pictures using prepositions


of position or location.

1. 2.

PY

3. 4.

O
C

D

C. Work on Your Own


E

Use in, on, under, above, below, or over to complete the sentences.
EP

1. We came to a narrow stream and jumped _______ it.


2. Her mother told her to put her things _______ the cabinet.
3. I am sorry, my pet left some paw prints _______ your
D

new carpet.
4. My teacher advised me to stay _______ my chair when
an earthquake occurs.
5. My little brother hangs his picture _______ the television
set.

369

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Study the following sentences.

1. Andy was inattentive of his parents advice.


2. It was impossible for Andy to lie on his bed because
Tubby was totally sprawled out on it pot belly in the air
and snoring loudly.

PY
3. His parents could not believe the change in his
behavior. It was unbelievable.
4. They misunderstood why Andy went to bed on time,

O
without complaint.
5. Andy replaced his blanket after Tubby slept on his bed.
C
Read and Learn
D

Study the chart.


E

(Prefix)
EP

Syllables
added Meaning
Root Meaning of
Word of the
word the word
before prefix
D

the root
word
inattentive attentive in not not attentive
impossible possible im not not possible
unbelievable believable un not not believable
misunderstood understood mis not not
understood
replaced placed re again placed again

370

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Study the chart. Fill in each box with the correct answers. The first
row was done for you.

Words Root Prefix Meaning of Meaning of


Words the Prefix the Word
untrue true un not not true, false
disobedient not not obedient

PY
disrespectful dis no, not rude
misbehave mis not
unprepared prepare not

O
immature
incorrect correct C not

Try and Learn


D

Decide whether to add the prefix im-, dis-, or -un to the following
E

root words. Make sure the new words are the opposite of the given
word.
EP

1. decided undecided
2. partial ___________
3. moral ___________
D

4. material ___________
5. measurable ___________
6. able ___________
7. connected ___________
8. tamed ___________
9. continue ___________
10. respect ___________

371

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Add a prefix to the root word in the parentheses to make the


sentence correct. Write the newly formed word on the blank.
1. Alden was a strange boy. He is an (usual)
________________ boy.
2. Richelle does not listen to her Music teacher. She is
(attentive) ______________.

PY
3. Many pupils did the wrong thing because they
(understood) ______________ the instructions.
4. He was not neat. He is (tidy) ______________.

O
5. A four-year old child is (capable) ______________ of
going to school alone.
C
Learn Some More
E D

Study the prefix of the words in the box. Write each word under the
proper column. Study the given example.
EP

im un dis re in mis
immortal
D

unusual discomfort misspell impolite


unpaid disobey misplace incorrect
untidy incomplete immature unreal
immortal invalid impatient rewrite
disconnect misuse reuse recycle

372

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

An index is placed at the end of the book and lists all the
major topics in alphabetical order and their corresponding page
number.

Do and Learn

PY
A. Study the data in the Index below. What is wrong with this Index,
copy this in your notebook and do the necessary changes.

O
Pollution, 109 120
Effect, 111 114
Craters, 336 338
Butterflies, 77 79
C
Animals, 20 46
Habitats, 21 23, 34, 40
D
Life cycles, 24, 26, 29
Clouds, 310 315
E

Kinds, 312 314


Climate, 253 268
EP

Earth, 387 406


Air, 400 404
Land, 389 394
Water, 395 - 399
D

B. From the given book information. Make an Index following the


correct format. Do this in your notebook.

1. Kinds of Sentences: command page 73, declarative pages


65 66, exclamatory page 74, interrogative pages 67 68
2. Syllables: stress pages 10 11, unstressed pages 10 11
3. Adjectives: comparison pages 146 148, order of adjectives
pages 149 150

373

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4. Nouns: count nouns page 57, mass nouns page 56, singular
and plural pages 50 -54
5. Adverbs: manner pages 174 176, 178, place pages 172
173, 176, time pages 170 171, 176
6. Prepositions pages 183, 185 187
7. Telephone conversations pages 33 35
8. Verbs pages 120 135

Do and Learn

PY
Study the following index and answer the questions that follow.

O
Adjectives, 149
comparison, 155-164
making descriptions, 147; 153
order of adjectives, 149-150
C
Adverbs
Time and place, 166-171
D
Agreement of subject and verb, 121-122
Expressions denoting quantity, 46
E

Nouns
Count nouns, 47
EP

Mass nouns, 46-48


Singular and plural, 40-44
Prepositions, 224-229
D

1. On which page can you find about the topic on


comparison of adjectives?
A. 149 B. 155-164 C. 147; 153
2. What topic is found on pages 166 to 171?
A. count nouns C. adverbs of time and place
B. mass nouns
3. If you want to read on the correct order of adjectives, what
pages of the book are you going to open?
A. 40-44 B. 155-164 C. 149-150

374

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4. Your assignment is on how to form the plural of nouns
ending in o. What topic in the index does it refer to?
A. count nouns
B. mass nouns
C. singular and plural
5. If you want to study more on prepositions, what page of
the book are you going to read?
A. 121-122 B. 166-171 C. 224-229

PY
O
C
E D
EP
D

375

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 5 - Fun Day with Grandma

Read and Learn

Read the following sentences.


1. The old woman was so powerful that she could swallow a
lot of animals.
2. The old woman was careless to swallow a fly.

PY
3. The old woman is beautiful.
4. She had a sleepless night when she swallowed the fly.

O
Word Root (Suffix) Meaning Meaning of
Word Syllable of the the Word
C
after the Suffix
root word
powerful power -ful full of full of power
D
careless care -less without without care
E

1. What is the root word of the word powerful?


EP

2. What syllable was added at the end of the root word?


3. What does the suffix -ful mean?
4. What is the meaning of the new word?
D

5. In what way does a suffix change the meaning of a word?


6. What words with suffix -ful do not have counterpart with
suffix -full?

Notice the suffix used in the following examples.

1. joy (happy) joyful (full of joy)


2. power (strength) powerless (without power)
3. hand (part of the body) handful (enough to fill a hand)

376

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Circle the words with the suffixes -ful and -less.

It was summertime. The children are excited to visit their


grandparents in the farm. The children had a sleepless night.
They were imagining of the wonderful things they do in the
farm. They play and eat in a peaceful meadow near the lake.
They sometimes catch fish with the help of grandpa and their

PY
cousins. They sometimes swim in the lake with their cousins.
Their cousins were helpful to make things easy for them. In
the afternoon, they were so eager to help in feeding grandpas
animals while grandma is watchful and reminds them to be

O
careful. The children cant wait for another summer to come.
They wish they could do these things this summer and for the
next summers to come.
C
D
Find Out and Learn
E

Match the words in Column A with their correct meaning in


EP

Column B.
Column A Column B
1. careful a. full of hope
2. faithful b. without hope
D

3. hopeful c. full of truth; honest


4. hopeless d. full of mercy
5. limitless e. without seeds
6. merciful f. full of faith; loyal
7. truthful g. without use
8. seedless h. without limit
9. useless i. full of care
10. restless j. without rest
k. without hope
377

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

A. Add the suffix -less or -ful to the word inside the parenthesis to
make the sentence correct. Write the newly formed word on the
blank.
______________ 1. Boy Scouts are having a (wonder) time.
______________ 2. They are (rest) for the whole day.
______________ 3. There are (count) activities ahead of
them.

PY
______________ 4. The scout master taught them to be
(faith) to God.
______________ 5. They were taught to be (help) to other

O
people.
______________ 6. They must be (truth) at all times.
C
______________ 7. Being (respect) to humans and nature is
one of the values they learned.
______________ 8. They visited needy and (hope) people.
D
______________ 9. They assisted fire victims who were left
(home) in going to evacuation center.
E

_____________10. The troop that won a game received a


(hand) of candies.
EP

B. Study the following sentences. Underline the prepositional phrase


in each sentence.
1. The old woman drives away the flies around the table.
2. She watched the food until her children and
D

grandchildren arrived.
3. While waiting, she heard the screech of the car from the
garage.
4. The children happily got out of the car.
5. It was about seven o clock in the evening when they
started eating.
6. Her son told the family that they saw a beggar along the
road.
7. The children told grandmother that they gave all the food
at the back of the car to the beggar.
378

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

A prepositional phrase is a phrase that starts with a


preposition and ends with a noun or pronoun.
Example: to the market
P N

PY
Do and Learn

Read carefully and follow the directions.

O
How to Make a Stick Puppet
C
1. Get a stiff paper like a carton or cartolina. It must
be big enough for your puppet.
D
2. Choose one character from the animals mentioned
in the poem, The Old Woman who Swallowed a
E

Fly. Draw the front and back of your character on


the carton.
EP

3. Color your drawings. Cut them out.


4. Glue the front piece and the back piece together.
Place a stick in between the cartons. Hold the pup-
D

pet with the stick.

379

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Write about It

Recall the character in the poem The Old Woman who Swallowed
a Fly? Give at least three to four sentences to show what could
happen at the end of the poem or give a possible conclusion to the
poem. You may use the following phrases:

PY
The old woman swallowed ________________________
_____________________________________________.

O
If she swallowed a fly or a spider, she must ___________
_____________________________________________.
C
She might ______________________ if she swallowed
the __________________________________________.
E D

She must be ___________________________________


_____________________________________________.
EP
D

380

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 6 - Fishing Is Fun

Read and Learn

Read the following:


1. The five fishermen went to the sea to fish.
2. When they got back, they counted themselves.
3. Maybe one of us fell into the sea.
4. They must be very happy.

PY
Answer the following questions:
1. Which sentences express facts?
2. Which sentences express opinions?

Remember

O
C
A fact is a true piece of information.
D
An opinion is a view, judgment or belief about an
information.
E
EP

Try and Learn

Read the following paragraph and answer the questions that follow.
D

Richelle joined the educational tour of Grade Four


Aguinaldo in Bulacan, Pampanga and Olongapo. They visited
the old churches, museums, zoos, parks and playgrounds.
After the tour, an evaluation was given to each participant.
Richelle, the Supreme Pupil Government president facilitated
the evaluation of the activity. One of the questions was, which
among the places we visited captured your interest? She
made a graph to show their answers.

381

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Study the bar graph and answer the questions that follow:

The Place that Captures Childrens Interest

30

25

20

PY
15

10

O
5

0
C
Museums Parks and Playground Old Churches Zoo
D

1. How many pupils answered museum as the best place?


E

2. How many pupils prefer parks and playgrounds?


EP

3. What places have the same number of preference?


4. What place was most preferred by children?
5. What is the total number of pupils who joined the educational
D

tour?

382

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

A. Read the paragraph and answer the questions that follow.

Dwayne and his family went to Rainforest


Park, Pasig City. They had fun watching the
different animals and they enjoyed the different
rides in the amusement park. Dwayne was also

PY
amazed at the number of people visiting the
place. So, he encouraged his parents to sell
canned juices in front of the park. They sold all
the canned juices and earned Php1,100 on the

O
first day. They add more canned juices on the
second day and earned Php1,200. C
Study the line graph and answer the following questions:
D
Amount of Earnings in Selling Canned Juices
1,600
E

1,400
1,200
EP

1,000
800
600
D

400
200

Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Day 6

1. How much did Dwaynes family earn on Day 1?


2. How much did they earn on Day 2?
3. On what day has the highest earnings?
4. On what day has the lowest earnings?
5. How much is their total earnings for six days?
383

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Learn Some More

Read the paragraph. Pick out the sentences that express opinions
and write them on a piece of paper.

Many Filipinos love to play basketball. In

PY
every corner, big or small there seems to be a
basketball area. Young and adult love to play this
game. They even love to watch basketball games
local or international, live or over the television.

O
They feel this is the most exciting game. Some
must imitate some of the star players. They copy
C
the moves, hairstyle, and the jersey number of
their idols. Basketball is probably the game of
Filipinos.
E D
EP
D

384

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Study the following sentences.


1. The five foolish fishermen went to the sea to fish.
2. The girl is right.

PY
Underline the subject and circle the predicate in each of the
sentences.
What is the subject in sentence 1?
What is the predicate in sentence 1?
How many subjects are in sentence 1?

O
How many predicates are in sentence 1?
C
D
Remember
E

A simple sentence is composed of one subject and a


EP

simple predicate
Examples:
1. Tubby is a cat.
D

S P
2. Tubby sleeps on the bed.
S P

385

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Read the fable The Tortoise that Wanted to Fly. Afterwards, answer
the questions that follow.

The Tortoise that Wanted to Fly


Nilda Anayo

There was once a tortoise who was never satisfied. He

PY
lived on the sweet grass by the forest pool but he felt very bored.
One day, he noticed a large eagle flying overhead. He
looked very graceful, flying so easily that the tortoise decided he
would learn how to fly too.

O
When the eagle came to rest on a rock near the pool, the
C
tortoise got his chance and said, Oh, handsome eagle, you fly
so well. Please teach me how to fly.
The eagle was surprised. What? Teach you how to fly?
D
You have no wings or feathers!
E

Again the tortoise pleaded, Oh please eagle, Im sure I


can learn.
EP

The tortoise continued asking the eagle to teach him how


to fly. Finally, the eagle agreed.
He picked up the tortoise with his claws and they flew high
D

in the sky. Then he let go off the tortoise and told him to flap his
legs and fly.
The tortoise flapped his legs as hard as he could, but he
fell like a stone towards the ground. Luckily, he fell into a bush.
He was badly shaken but he had no serious injuries.

386

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. What did the tortoise want to do?
2. Who taught him how to fly?
3. Why cant he fly?
4. What happened when he fell to the ground?
5. What lesson did he learn?
6. What is a likely ending of the story?

Talk about It

PY
Work in groups. Read the story. Pick out simple sentences with a
simple subject and a simple predicate.

O
Do and Learn
C
E D
EP


Look at the pictures above. Construct a simple sentence for each
picture.

387

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Read the poem.

Work
An Adaptation

My mother is a police officer.


My father is a taxi driver.

PY
They work and help people in many ways.
Id like to be like them one day.

My sister is a zookeeper.

O
My brother is an actor.
They work and help people in many ways.
Id like to be like them one day.
C
My grandmother is a teacher.
D
My grandfather is a sailor.
They work and help people in many ways.
E

Id like to be like them one day.


- Hitomi Sakamoto
EP

Pick out the words with the suffixes -er or -or. Write them on the
chart. The first one has been done for you.
D

How do the suffixes -er/-or help you get the meaning of a word?

Word Root word Suffix Meaning of Meaning of


the suffix the word

driver drive -er one who one who


drives

388

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

A. Write the proper word by adding -er or -or to a root word. The
meaning given will help you. The first has been done for you.
1. one who writes writer
2. one who paints ___________________
3. one who dreams ___________________
4. one who trains ___________________
5. one who sells ___________________

PY
6. one who sends ___________________
7. one who encodes ___________________
8. one who helps ___________________
9. one who leads ___________________

O
10. one who reads ___________________

B. Write the correct word on each blank. Use the suffixes -er/-or.
C
God Almighty is our (create) ________. He made man
D
as the (lead) ______ of all His creatures. If you are a (follow)
______ of God, you will obey His commands. Man is the
(keep) ______ of all the things God has made. We must be
E

thankful to God. Are you a (believe) ____ of God?


EP

C. Read the paragraph. Add the suffix -er or -or on the space
provided.

Rosario Elementary School won in the different


D

events in the recently held District Athletic Meet. Their


100 meter-dash run(n) ______ won first place. Their
basketball play____ won second place only because
the last shoot_____ did not make it. They also won in
the baseball and volleyball games. Their tennis player
won third place because the competit ______ was so
tough to beat. The happiest of them all is the train___ of
football because his players made it to the finals.

389

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 7 - Fun in Summer

Think and Tell

Study the pictures. What can you say about the pictures?

PY
O
C
E D
EP
D

390

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read and Learn

Read and understand the selection.

Will You Go to School this Summer?


Many schools find that pupils learn better and remember
more when they go to school all year long.
Does that mean pupils wont get a vacation? No. It means

PY
that pupils will get many short breaks instead of just a long one.
What do pupils say about a year-round school?

O
Its good!
- I can remember more of what I learned.
- I like having more short breaks.
C
- Summer gets boring, and I miss my friends.
Its bad!
D
- I cant go to summer activities.
- I like to play outside.
E

- I like to play outside and swim in the warm weather.


- Its too hot to be in school in summer.
EP

Source: ReadWorks.org

Talk about It
D

Answer the following questions.

1. What are many schools finding out?


2. What does going to school all year long mean?
3. Why do some pupils say a year-round school is good?
4. Why do some pupils say a year-round school is bad?
5. Is going to school in summer good or bad? Why? Why
not?

391

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Choose another partner to whom you will read your paragraph.


Read and answer the Individual Assessment Test.

Name ___________________________ Date __________

INDIVIDUAL ASSESSMENT SHEET

PY
Topic __________________________________________

Respond to each statement below by checking yes or no.

O
How did I do reading this article?
I discovered three things in this article. C
Yes No
I found two interesting things in this article.
D
Yes No
I thought of one question I still have about this topic.
E

Yes No
I liked reading this article.
EP

Yes No
I want to read more about this topic.
Yes No
D

Additional Fact:
_______________________________________________
Additional Opinion:
_______________________________________________

392

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Exercise 1
Read the short story then answer the questions.

Charlies niece, Jackie, learned in Science class that


pieces of moon rock fall from the sky. That is why she keeps
a helmet and a shield by her bedside at all times. She also

PY
keeps her eyes on the ceiling until she falls asleep.

O
C
E D

1. Who is Charlies niece?


EP

2. What did Charlies niece learn in class?


a) pieces of moon rock fall from the sky
b) pieces of moon dust fall from the sky
D

3. What does Jackie keep by her bedside all the time?


a) sword and shield
b) helmet and shield

4. If you know that a typhoon is coming, what are you going to


keep by your bedside?

393

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Exercise 2

Look for the words with /ie/ and /ei/ in the story. Write them in the
chart.

Words with ie Words with ei

Exercise 3

PY
A. Read and study the diary.

Dear Diary,

O
Today is Saturday. It is a sunny day.
C
My family and I will go to the beach. My
brother and I feel very excited. I love the
beach because my brother and I can play
D
along the shore. We also enjoy building
sand castles. We are leaving the house
E

early so we can get there while its not yet


too hot. I will let you know more about our
day at the beach later.
EP

B. Copy the sentences from the diary. Identify each sentence as


facts or opinions.
D

Fact or
Sentences
Opinion

394

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C. Read the short story then answer the questions.

Ronnies dream is to be a policeman like his father.


His father is the chief of police in their town. When Ronnie
grows up and becomes a policeman, he can catch robbers
and thieves and put them in jail.

1. What is Ronnies dream?


2. Why does he dream to become a policeman?
3. What will he do when he becomes a policeman?

PY
4. What are the ie/ei words in the short story?
5. Can you think of other words with ie or ei sounded as /iy/?

O
Find Out and Learn

Read the statements from the selection.


C
A.
D
1. I can remember more of what I learned.
2. I like having more short breaks.
E

3. I cant go to summer activities.


EP

B.
1. Ana and Jane can remember more of what they learned.
2. Martin and Joseph like more short breaks.
D

3. The girls and the boys cant go to summer activities.

395

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Study the pictures of activities during summer. Write a simple


sentence with a compound subject about them.

PY
O
1. ______________ are playing.
C
E D
EP

2. _____________ are flying kites.


D

3. ______________ and are swimming.

396

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4. ________________ are riding their bicycles.

PY
5. ________________ are jogging.

Remember
O
C
If a sentence has only one subject, it is called a simple
D
subject.

If a sentence has only one predicate, it is called a simple


E

predicate.
EP

If there is one simple subject and one simple predicate, it is


called a simple sentence.

Example:
D

I can remember more of what I learned.


If there are two subjects, it is called a compound subject.

If there is a compound subject and simple predicate, it is


still a simple sentence.

Example:
Ara and Jane can remember more of what
they learned.
397

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

A B C D E F G H I J K L MN O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z Z IA
ED
OP
YCL
C
EN

PY
Examine a set of encyclopedia.
What information can we find in an encyclopedia?
How are different kinds of information presented in an

O
enclyclopedia?

Remember
C
D
An encylopedia is reference work (such as a
book, series of books, and CD ROM) that contains
information about a particular subject.
E
EP

Do and Learn

Read each pair of sentences, then, combine them to form a


D

compound subject in the sentence. Write your new sentence in your


notebook.

1. Karla played with dolls. Ginna played with dolls.


__________________________________________________

2. Their homes are in the Philippines. Their families are in the


Philippines.
__________________________________________________

398

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
3. Mario read a story. Karl read a story.
_________________________________________________

4. Families help each other. Friends help each other.


_________________________________________________

5. Roses are beautiful. Lilies are beautiful.


_________________________________________________

Find Out and Learn

PY
Read the words in the chart.

Words with ie Words with ei


achieve hygiene

O ceiling deceive
believe pierce
C conceit perceive
brief priest conceive receipt
chief thief deceit receive
D
grief
E

Sometimes it is difficult to remember whether a word is spelled with


EP

ie or ei.

Remember
D

The words on the left column have ie sounded as /iy/.


The words on the right column have ei sounded as /iy/ also.

There is a very simple rule about this:


Use i before e except after c.

399

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Read the sentences. Look for the word/s that will explain or describe
the meaning of the underlined word in each sentence.

1. You will achieve good grades if you get good scores in tests
and participation.
2. They support you because they believe you can do it. They
know you can make it.
3. Our teacher asked us to give a brief summary of the story.
The summary should be short.
4. She was full of grief when her husband died. She feels so

PY
sad losing him.
5. The policemen obey their chief. They respect their leader.

O
Read the phrases and sentences with ie and ei words.

Phrases:
C
1. the chief of police
2. to dream and believe
3. health and hygiene
D
4. a parish priest
5. a ceiling fan
E

6. an official receipt
Sentences:
EP

1. The chief of police caught the thief.


2. Believe that you will achieve your dream.
3. The sermon of the priest is brief.
4. We will receive the lecture on proper hygiene later.
D

5. The store clerk gave me the receipt for the ceiling fan.

400

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Read the selection. Study the sentences in the boxes. Copy each
sentence in your notebook. Identify each sentence as a fact or
opinion.

Summer is the Best Season


Adapted

PY
I like summer most of all. Summer is the warmest time
of the year. In summer, the days become longer and the nights
become shorter. People can work more and be out for longer.

O
People can do lots of things during summer. Some like
going outdoors to enjoy nature. Others like playing outdoor
games. They can go for a ride on a horse or a motor bike. They
C
can also go swimming, boating, hiking, or playing frisbee and oth-
er ball games.
D
Everybody waits for summer. They plan in advance by having
their work done months ahead and saving money for vacation.
Some families stay home and have some fun doing summer
E

activities while others spend their summer in other places on a


vacation. What is important is that summer is spent with families
EP

and friends.
Thats why summer is the best season of all.
Source: http://sirajibir.blogspot.com/2012/11/summer-is-best-season.html
D

Fact or
Sentences
Opinion
1. _____________________________________ _______
2. _____________________________________ _______
3. _____________________________________ _______
4. _____________________________________ _______
5. _____________________________________ _______

401

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Think of activities that you can do during vacation so that your


learning activities will continue even during summer. Answer the
chart in complete sentences.

Activities I can do this summer:

1. This summer I can _______________________________.

PY
2. ______________________________________________.
3. ______________________________________________.
4. ______________________________________________.
5. ______________________________________________.

Try and Learn


O
C
Use the encyclopedia to learn more about the following topics. Write
D
the volume number where you can find the given topic.
E

A-B C-D E-F G-H I-J K-L M-N


EP

Vol. 1 Vol. 2 Vol. 3 Vol. 4 Vol. 5 Vol. 6 Vol.7


D

O-P Q-R S-T U-V W-X Y-Z


Vol. 8 Vol. 9 Vol. 10 Vol. 11 Vol. 12 Vol. 13

1. Automobiles Volume __________

2. Solar System Volume __________

3. Volcanoes Volume __________

402

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4. Buddhism Volume __________

5. Democracy Volume __________

Do and Learn

Choose the correct topic for each item then write the volume number
in the box.

PY
A-B C-D E-F G-H I-J K-L M-N
Vol. 1 Vol. 2 Vol. 3 Vol. 4 Vol. 5 Vol. 6 Vol.7

O
O-P Q-R S-T U-V W-X Y-Z
Vol. 8 Vol. 9 Vol. 10
C Vol. 11 Vol. 12 Vol. 13

1. I want to learn more about the formation of the stars.


D
A. constellation B. universe C. Earth
E
EP

2. I want to learn more about roses, chrysanthemums, and


daisies.
D

A. flowers B. vegetables C. trees

403

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. I want to learn more about the leaders of nations.
A. saints B. presidents C. Asia

4. I want to learn more about energy from the sun.


A. water vapor B. solar energy C. galaxy

PY
O
5. I want to learn more about Mars, Jupiter, Neptune, and the
Earth.
A. planets B. meteors C. satellites
C
E D

Remember
EP

The prefix de- means to do the opposite of the action or


D

to do a completely different action.


The prefix dis- means not to or do not.

404

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Study the following words.

design display decode disallow


deny disco deflate disown
dear distance deplane disband

PY
debut discuss derail disengage

B. The words in the second box have prefixes while the words in
the first box do not have prefixes. Let us identify the prefixes

O
and the root words. C
Word Prefix Root Word
__________ __________
decode
__________ __________
D
deflate
__________ __________
deplane
E

__________ __________
derail
EP

__________ __________
disallow
__________ __________
disown
__________ __________
disband
D

__________ __________
disengage

405

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Add dis- to the root words. Write each new word and its meaning.
Use the meaning of the root word to help you.

1. believe (accept as true)


New Word _________________________________

PY
Meaning _________________________________
2. respect (give regard)
New Word _________________________________

O
Meaning _________________________________
3. similar (same)
C
New Word _________________________________
Meaning _________________________________
D
4. appear (to be seen)
New Word _________________________________
E

Meaning _________________________________
5. continue (to go on)
EP

New Word _________________________________


Meaning _________________________________
D

406

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Choose the word from the box that best completes each sentence.

deform debone dethrone declog defrost

1. The plumber will ____________________ the sink because


it is overflowing with water.

PY
2. We need to ____________________ the freezer when the
ice becomes one-inch thick.
3. Mother asks the fish vendor to ____________________
the milk fish.

O
4. The oppressed people want to ____________________
the corrupt king.
C
5. Too much heat and pressure will ____________________
the clay pot.
E D
EP
D

407

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 8 - Fun with Friends

Read and Learn

The Three Little Wolves and the Big Bad Pig


Eugene Trivizas

Characters: Narrator 1 Narrator 2 Narrator 3


Narrator 4 Narrator 5 Narrator 6
Mother Wolf 1 Wolf 2

PY
Wolf 3 Pig Kangaroo
Beaver Flamingo

O
Narrator 1 : The Three Little Wolves and the Big Bad Pig
by Eugene Trivizas.C
Narrator 2 : Once upon a time, there were three cuddly
little wolves. They had soft fur and fluffy tails.
They lived with their mother. The first was
D
black, the second was gray, and the third was
white.
E

Narrator 3 : One day, the mother called the three little


wolves around her and said...
EP

Mother : My children, it is time for you to go out into the


world. Go and build a house for yourselves.
But beware of the big bad pig!
D

Wolf 1, 2 & 3 : Dont worry, Mother, we will watch out for him.
Narrator 4 : Said the three little wolves, and they set off.

Narrator 5 : Soon they met a kangaroo who was pushing


a wheelbarrow full of red and yellow bricks.
Wolf 1, 2 & 3 : Please, will you give us some of your bricks?

408

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Kangaroo : Certainly.
Narrator 6 : Said the kangaroo and she gave them lots of
red and yellow bricks.
Narrator 1 : So the three little wolves built themselves a
house of bricks.
Narrator 2 : The very next day, the big bad pig came
prowling down the road. He saw the house of

PY
bricks that the little wolves had built.
The three little wolves were playing croquet.
This is a game played by knocking wooden
balls through melt windows with mallets or
short handled hammers. They were playing

O
in the garden. When they saw the big bad pig
coming, they ran inside the house and locked
the door.
C
Narrator 3 : The pig knocked on the door and grunted...
D
Pig : Little wolves, little wolves, let me come in!
E

Wolf 1, 2, & 3: No, no, no. By the hair on our chinny-chin-


chins, we will not let you in. Not for all the tea
EP

leaves in our china teapot!


Narrator 4 : Said the three little wolves.
Pig : Then Ill huff and Ill puff and blow your house
D

down!

Narrator 5 : Said the pig. So he huffed and he puffed and


he puffed and he huffed. But the house didnt
fall down.
Narrator 6 : But the pig wasnt called big and bad
for nothing. He went and fetched his
sledgehammer, and he knocked the house
down.

409

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Narrator 1 : The three little wolves managed to escape
before the bricks crumbled. They were very
frightened indeed.
Wolf 1, 2, & 3: We shall have to build a stronger house.
Narrator 2 : They said. Just then they saw a beaver that
was mixing concrete in a concrete mixer.
Wolf 1, 2, & 3: Please, will you give us some of your
concrete?

PY
Narrator 3 : Asked the three little wolves.
Beaver : Certainly!

O
Narrator 4 : Said the beaver, and he gave them buckets
and buckets full of messy concrete. So the
C
three little wolves built themselves a house of
concrete.
Narrator 5 : No sooner had they finished than the big bad
D
pig come prowling down the road. He saw the
house of concrete that the little wolves had
E

built.
EP

Narrator 6 : They were playing battledore and shuttlecock,


a game from which badminton originated, in
the garden. When they saw the big bad pig
coming, they ran inside their house and shut
D

the door.
Narrator 1 : The pig rang the bell and said...
Pig : Little frightened wolves, let me come in!
Wolf 1, 2, & 3: No, no, no.

Narrator 2 : Said the three little wolves.

410

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Wolf 1, 2, & 3: By the hair on our chinny-chin-chins, we will
not let you in. Not for all the tea leaves in our
china teapot!
Pig : Then Ill huff and Ill puff and Ill blow your
house down!
Narrator 3 : Said the pig.
Narrator 4 : So he huffed and he puffed and he puffed and

PY
he huffed, but the house didnt fall down.
Narrator 5 : But the pig wasnt called big and bad for
nothing. He went and fetched his pneumatic

O
drill and smashed the house down.
Narrator 6 : The three little wolves managed to escape,
C
but their chinny-chin-chins were trembling and
trembling and trembling.
D
Wolf 1, 2, & 3: Something must be wrong with our building
materials. We have to try something different.
But what?
E

Narrator 5 : They said. At that moment they saw


EP

a flamingo coming along pushing a


wheelbarrow full of flowers.
Wolf 1, 2, & 3: Please, will you give us some flowers?
D

Narrator 6 : Asked the three little wolves.


Flamingo : With pleasure.
Narrator 1 : Said the flamingo, and he gave them lots
of flowers. So the three little wolves built
themselves a house of flowers.

411

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Narrator 2 : One wall was of marigolds, one of
daffodils, one of pink roses, and one of
cherry blossoms. The ceiling was made of
sunflowers, and the floor was a carpet of
daisies. They had water lilies in their bathtub
and buttercups in their refrigerator. It was a
rather fragile house and it
swayed in the wind, but it was very beautiful.

PY
Narrator 3 : Next day the big bad pig came prowling down
the road. He saw the house of flowers that the
three little wolves had built.

O
Narrator 4 : He rang the bluebell at the door and said...
Pig : Little frightened wolves with the trembling
C
chins, let me come in!
Wolf 1, 2, & 3: No, no, no!
D
Narrator 5 : Said the three little wolves.
E

Wolf 1, 2, & 3: By the hair in our chinny-chin-chins, we will


not let you in. Not for all the tea leaves in our
china teapot!
EP

Pig : Then Ill huff and Ill puff and Ill blow your
house down!
D

Narrator 6 : Said the pig.


Narrator 1 : But as he took a deep breath. Ready to huff
and puff, he smelled the soft scent of the
flowers. It was wonderful. And because the
scent was so lovely, the took another breath
and then another. Instead of huffing and
puffing, he began to sniff.

412

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Narrator 2 : He sniffed deeper and deeper until he was
quite filled with the fragrant scent. His heart
grew tender, and he realized how horrible he
had been. Right then he decided to become a
big good pig. He started to sing and to dance
the tarantella.

Narrator 3 : At first the three little wolves were a bit


worried. It might be a trick. But soon they
realized that the pig had truly changed. They

PY
came running out of the house. They started
playing games with him.
Narrator 4 : First they played pig-pog and then piggy-in-

O
the-middle. When they were all tired, they
invited him into the house.
C
Narrator 5 : They offered him tea, strawberries, and wolf
berries, and asked him to stay with them as
long as he wanted.
D
Narrator 6 : The pig accepted, and they lived happily
together ever after.
E

Source: www.timelessteacherstuff.com
EP

1. What did the Mother Wolf tell the three little wolves to
do?
2. How did the three little wolves build their first house?
D

Second house? Third house?


3. Who helped them build their houses?
4. Why did they have to build their second and third
houses?
5. Why did the big bad pig did not destroy the third house?
6. How did the big bad pig become good?
7. What trait did the three little wolves show?

413

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Read and identify the facts and opinions in the paragraph.

Once upon a time, there were three cuddly little wolves.


They had soft fur and fluffy tails. They lived with their mother.
The first was black, the second was gray, and the third was

PY
white.

Sentence Fact or Opinion

O
C
1. ________________________________ _________
2. ________________________________ _________
D
3. ________________________________ _________
E

4. ________________________________ _________
5. ________________________________ _________
EP
D

414

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Read the problems of the big bad pig. Write the pigs solution for
each.

Problem 1

The big bad pig could not blow down the house of concrete.

PY
Problem 2

O
The big bad pig could not blow down the house of bricks.
C
First, identify the problem.
D
Next, find ways to solve the problem.
E

Then, choose the best solution to the problem.


EP

Solution for Problem #1:


The pig _____________________________________ and
______________________________________________.
D

Solution for Problem #2:


The pig _____________________________________ and
______________________________________________.

415

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

A problem is something that is difficult to deal with:


something that is a source of trouble or worry.
A solution is something that is used or done to deal with
and end a problem: something that solves a problem.

PY
Try and Learn

O
Write on chart the problems encountered by the three little wolves
and the solutions they made.
C
The three little wolves must build a house
D
The three little wolves asked the kangaroo to give them red
and yellow bricks and built their first house.
E

The big bad pig destroyed their first house.


EP

The three little wolves asked the beaver to give them


concrete and built their second house.

The big bad pig destroyed their second house.


D

The three little wolves asked the flamingo to give them


flowers and built their third house.

Problem-Solution Chart
Problem Solution

416

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

If there are two predicates in a sentence, it is called a compound


predicate.

Simple Predicate + Simple Predicate =


Compound Predicate

PY
If a sentence has a simple subject and a compound predicate,
it is still a simple sentence.

Simple Subject + Compound Predicate =

O
Simple Sentence
C
D
Learn Some More
E

Write a Letter of Advice to the three little wolves or to the big bad
EP

pig using simple sentences with compound predicates.

Letter of Advice
D

_________________
Dear ____________________,

I am writing because I want give some advice.


_______________________________________________

Your new friend,


__________________

417

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Read and answer the survey questionnaire.

Test takers need to get plenty of rest.

How many hours of do you usually sleep at night?


Do you think thats enough rest? _____ Why? Why not?

PY
Test takers need to eat a nutritious breakfast.

Do you usually eat breakfast?

O
If so, what do you eat?

Do you think this is a good breakfast for you to eat?


_____ Why? Why not?
C
Test takers need to wear comfortable clothes.
D

What do you usually wear to school?


E

Are you comfortable in the clothes you wear to school?


EP

_____ Why? Why not?

Test takers need to arrive in school on time.


D

What time do you usually get to school?

Are you ever late for school?

Why do you think its important to be in school on time?

418

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

The Test Taking Tips are preparations you should do before


a test. Here are other strategies that you may use in taking
tests.
1. Find out what types of questions are being asked.
2. Read the directions carefully. Make sure you understand
them.

PY
3. Answer easy questions first. Do not take too long
answering difficult questions. You may go back to them
after you answer all the easy questions.
4. For multiple-choice items, read all the choices first

O
before you choose the best/correct answer.

Do and Learn
C
D
A. Read the questions about how to take a test. Shade the circle
beside the correct answer.
E

Test Taking
EP

1. What is the first thing you should do before taking a test?

Answer all the questions you are sure you know.


D

Read the directions carefully.

2. What should you do before answering multiple-choice


questions?

Read all the answer choices.


Spend time on questions you are not sure of.

419

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
3. When should you answer multiple-choice questions you
are not sure of?

when you begin the test


after you answer all the multiple-choice questions you
know

4. Why should you look over the test before you begin?

PY
to find out what kind of questions are on the test
to figure out how long it will take you to take the test

O
B. Read each set of statements. Two are correct in each set. Put a
check () before the correct statements.
C
1. _____ It is not important to prepare for a test.
D
_____ Study in a quiet, comfortable place.
_____ It is important to learn how to take a test.
E

2. _____ You should read the directions carefully.


EP

_____ You should know how to mark your answers.


_____ Always circle the correct answer.
3. _____ Be sure you understand the directions.
D

_____ Never ask your teacher for help with directions.


_____ If directions are unclear, ask your teacher for help.
4. _____ Answer all the questions you are sure of first .
_____ Answer difficult items Last.
_____ Dont answer any questions youre not sure of.

420

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C. Write a paragraph about your experiences in taking a test.

____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________

PY
Find Out and Learn

Read the words with suffixes -ly and -y.

O
orderly properly sunny rainy
sweetly clearly foggy stormy
quickly loudly
C windy cloudy
quietly slowly chilly smoggy
D
kindly smoothly misty breezy
E

Remember
EP

The root words in the first box are adjectives.


By adding -ly, the adjectives become adverbs ( these
D

indicate how an action happened or is done).


The root words in the second box are nouns.
By adding -y, the nouns becomes adjectives (these
indicate having or like something).

421

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Try and Learn

Choose from the box the correct word to complete the sentences.

sunny rainy windy quietly loudly

PY
1. Bring your umbrella because it will be a
__________ day.

O
2.
C
It is more fun to fly a kite on a __________ day.
E D

3. Its a perfect day to go to the beach on a


EP

__________ day.
D

4. My brother and I play __________ because


our baby sister is sleeping.

5. We were awakened in the middle of the night


by a dog barking ___________.

422

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Answer the questions using words with -ly.

Example: What can you do quickly?


I can comb my hair quickly.
1. What can you do easily?
______________________________________________

PY
2. What can you do patiently?
______________________________________________
3. What can you do loudly?

O
______________________________________________
4. What can you do slowly? C
______________________________________________
5. What can you do clearly?
______________________________________________
E D
EP
D

423

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Week 9 - Fun at Play

Read and Learn

Read the selection about the bicycle.

Bicycle, a Wonderful Machine


Lorna B. Castillo, et.al.

PY
Bicycles Today

Do you have a bicycle? How does it look like? How will


you describe a bicycle? The bicycles today that we see are

O
light, safe, and fast. One can exercise using them. Young and
old people enjoy riding bicycles. C
Bicycles Before

But do you know that bicycles a long, long time ago were
D
different? They were heavy and slow.
E

They were dangerous to ride. They were made of wood.


Their wheels were made of wood, too. One should push the
EP

bicycle forward so it cold run.

Later on, inventors added foot pedals. Then a front wheel


was added, it was much larger than the back wheel. As years
D

passed, other inventors improved the bicycle as we see it now.


Today, it is safe and comfortable to ride.

Cyclists all over the world enjoy it. Lets thank the inventors
who did all these changes.

It is a wonderful machine used for transportation and for


exercise.

424

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Safe Bike Ride
Bike riding is a lot of fun. But sometimes accidents
happen. What must we do to avoid this? How can we safely
ride a bicycle?
Wear bike helmets to have a safe ride. Always wear
this even if you are going for a short ride. Your bike helmet
should fit you properly. Ask your Dad and Mom to get one
that fits your head. A bike helmet has straps. These should

PY
always be fastened.
There are other safety rules that your Dad and Mom
can help you follow.

O
Make sure your seat, handlebars, and wheel fit tightly.
Check the chain of the bicycle. Oil it regularly.
Check the brakes to be sure they are working well.
C
Check also the tires. Check if these have enough air.

Are you ready to ride a bike now?


E D

Source: Vision 2 Integrated Reading and Language for Communication Arts in


English, Sunshine Interlinks, Publishing House, Inc. 2012
EP
D

Talk about It

1. How are the bicycles today different from before?


2. What changes did the inventors do to the bicycles before?
3. Why is the bicycle a wonderful machine?
4. How can we be safe in riding the bicycle?

425

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Find Out and Learn

Read the sentences. Identify whether they are facts or opinions.

Before Fact or
Opinion
1. Bicycles were heavy and slow. __________
2. They were dangerous to ride. __________

PY
3. They were made of wood. __________
4. Their wheels were made of wood, too. __________
5. One should push the bicycle forward __________
so it could run.

O
Today
1. The bicycles are light, safe, and fast. __________
2. One can exercise using them.
C__________
3. Young and old people enjoy riding bicycles. __________
4. They are safe and comfortable to ride. __________
D
5. They are wonderful for transportation __________
and for exercise.
E

Try and Learn


EP

Identify the facts and opinions from the following paragraph.


Puppets as Actors
D

Susan Jan
(an excerpt)

Puppets can bring great joy not only to kids, but also to
adults, all over the world. Puppets were first introduced to the
world of entertainment thousands of years ago. It originated
from Greece as the Greeks then were known to be fond of
theatrical presentations. Though they enjoyed theater, they
found supporting the actors financially rather expensive, so
that they turned to the use of puppets in plays.

426

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
They soon discovered that puppets were just as able
as actors to elicit positive response from the audience. So,
they continued to patronize the use of puppets in stage shows
and presentations. Soon stage puppet shows became many
peoples favorite pastime.
Source:http://www.creativityinstitute.com/puppets-adding-humor-and-laughter-to-your-
life.aspx

PY
Facts:

O
Opinions:
C
D
Read and Learn
E

A. Read and study each sentence.


EP

Safety Tips in Bike Riding


1. You should wear a bike helmet and it should fit you
D

properly.
2. A bike helmet has straps and they should always
be fastened.
3. The chain must be oiled and the brakes must be
checked regularly.

How many thoughts make up each sentence?


What word/words connect these thoughts?
427

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

A compound sentence consists of two simple sentences.


They are connected by the conjunctions:

and - used to connect similar ideas


or - used to show choices

PY
but - used to show opposite ideas

O
Try and Learn
C
Put the two sentences together to form a compound sentence. Use
conjunctions: and, but, or.
D
1. The boy ate chips. The girl ate cakes.
2. We drew stars. We drew hearts.
E

3. Can you run? Can you jump?


EP

4. Pam likes dogs. Leslie likes cats.


5. Max can read. Dennis can write.
D

428

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Here are two pictures of an old bicycle and a bicycle made in the
present. Write three compound sentences comparing the two
bicycles.

PY

O
1. ______________________________________________.
C
2. ______________________________________________.
3. ______________________________________________.
D

Read and Learn


E

B. Read the selection.


EP

Sock Puppets
Written by Liza Webber

You can make a puppet. It is easy to do. Get some old


D

socks. You will need markers and cotton balls. You will also
need string and glue. Put a sock on your hand. The toe of
the sock is the face. Glue cotton balls to the outside to make
a lamb. Use markers to draw a face. You can make people,
too. You can even make yourself. Put a few cotton balls
inside. Wrap a string around it and tie a knot. This will make
the neck. Draw your face and some clothes. Once you have
people and animals, you can put on a puppet show.
Source: www.cjohnson.myexpose.com

429

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Remember

Process means a way of doing something


Steps show the order in which you complete the
process.
Following the steps in a process is important because
it helps us complete the task.
Signal words like first, next, then, lastly, and finally
are useed to inroduces steps in a process.

PY
Do and Learn

O
C
Below is a list of things you can do or some that follow steps
Choose one and list down the steps in doing it.

A. How to Cook Scrambled Egg


D
B. How to Make a Paper Plane
C. How to Solve Math Problems
E

D. How to Make Pastillas


EP

Find Out and Learn

A. Read the words with -able and -ible.


D

allowable bendable
climbable collectible
enjoyable comfortable
fixable irresistible
lovable noticeable
playable sensible
singable questionable
valuable workable

430

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
B. Choose from the box above the word that tells about:
1. something that can be sung
2. something that is of value
3. something that can be fixed
4. something that may be collected
5. something that can be allowed

Remember

PY
The suffixes -able and -ible are added to the end of some
words to mean capable of, can be, or able to be.

O
Examples:

Lovable means able to be loved.


C
Something breakable can be broken.
E D

Try and Learn


EP

Choose the words from the box to complete the sentences in the
paragraph.
bendable enjoyable playable
D

climbable lovable sensible

Homer loved playing the piano. It was __________ for him.


But he couldnt take his piano with him. It wouldnt fit through
the doors, and it wasnt __________. Now, Homer was a nice,
__________ boy. But he wasnt very smart or __________. He
tried to make a piano out of rubber! He forgot that a rubber piano
just isnt __________! But it is soft. Homer slept on his piano
every night and dreamed of beautiful music.

431

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Do and Learn

Find the -able or -ible word in each sentence and write it on the
blank. Choose a root word from the box and write it next to the -able
or -ible word formed from it. The first one is done for you.

comfort notice question sense work

1. The old man was not comfortable wearing his new leather

PY
shoes.

comfortable
_________________ comfort
______________________

O
2. He thought his plan to have a big celebration was workable.
3. Her reason for joining the program is questionable.
4. It was sensible of the class president to tell the teacher what
happened.
C
5. She thought the stain was not noticeable on her blue skirt.
E D
EP
D

432

All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means -
electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.

Potrebbero piacerti anche